06.12.2012 Views

PHYS100-499 Oct 2011+cover - University of Liverpool

PHYS100-499 Oct 2011+cover - University of Liverpool

PHYS100-499 Oct 2011+cover - University of Liverpool

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

!"#$%&'"(&)*+),-./01/<br />

2*345")6#"10+01$&0*(/<br />

7899:97<br />

!1V00EZ:0#'""0<br />

$%&!IXX (/-,54/


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PHYSICS ICEBREAKER PROJECT<br />

2. Module Code <strong>PHYS100</strong><br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 0<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

11. Module Moderator<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Seminars/Workshops<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

4<br />

In Week 1<br />

only<br />

27<br />

Project sessions in<br />

Week 1 only<br />

18. Non-contact hours 6<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 37<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

4x1 hour Lectures during<br />

Week 1<br />

31<br />

9 x 3 hour<br />

Project Sessions<br />

during Week 1<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F390 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

Establish an open ended and integrated approach to problem solving<br />

Introduce the whole Physics course<br />

Facilitate integration <strong>of</strong> the student cohort<br />

Establish a working pattern <strong>of</strong> full days plus homework<br />

Establish a habit <strong>of</strong> conscientious attendance<br />

Create a manned mission to Mars<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should:<br />

Become familiar with teamwork & problem driven learning<br />

Become familiar with research methods<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The Icebreaker project will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. and will run full time in<br />

Week 1. The main emphasis is on project work, although mathematical foundations and an introduction to the<br />

main e-learning tools are part <strong>of</strong> the project.<br />

Teams work in teams <strong>of</strong> five groups each, with each group working on a different aspect <strong>of</strong> the project.<br />

Students are also expected to complete further problems as exercises on an individual basis using Mastering<br />

Physics online Problems; these are marked and feedback is provided through Mastering Physics. The<br />

intellectual focus will be on becoming familiar with the system.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Week 1 Project Mission to Mars<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

The overall mission is divided into five aspects:<br />

1. Mission Length and Trajectory<br />

2. Landing Craft and Re-Entry<br />

3. Radiation and Heat Shielding<br />

4. Mass Management and Launch<br />

5. Communications and Life Support<br />

Handbook <strong>of</strong> space technology. Wilfried Ley, Klaus Wittmann, Willi Hallmann (editors). Wiley, 2009.<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

None Continuous Pass/Fail This module is not<br />

credit bearing


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title NEWTONIAN DYNAMICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS101<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

22<br />

= 11 x 2<br />

lectures/week<br />

22<br />

= 11 x 2-hour<br />

workshops<br />

18. Non-contact hours 106<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

1 2hr (double lecture)<br />

slot each week except<br />

Week 1<br />

44<br />

Problem Classes: 1<br />

2hr slot each week<br />

on a later day than<br />

the lectures, in an<br />

appropriate learning<br />

environment<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1) F640 (2) F641 (1) F641 (2) F660<br />

(1) F660 (2) F656 (1) F656 (2) F640 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To introduce the fundamental concepts and principles <strong>of</strong> classical mechanics at an elementary level.<br />

To provide an introduction to the study <strong>of</strong> fluids.<br />

To introduce the use <strong>of</strong> elementary vector algebra in the context <strong>of</strong> mechanics.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to:<br />

demonstrate a basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the laws <strong>of</strong> classical mechanics.<br />

understand physical quantities with magnitudes, directions (where applicable), units and uncertainties.<br />

apply the laws <strong>of</strong> mechanics to statics, linear motion, motion in a plane, rotational motion, simple<br />

harmonic motion and gravitation.<br />

apply conservation laws for energy and momentum to describe collisions.<br />

apply conservation <strong>of</strong> energy to find periods <strong>of</strong> simple harmonic oscillatior systems.<br />

apply mathematical methods, including simple vector algebra, to the study <strong>of</strong> mechanics.<br />

demonstrate an understanding <strong>of</strong> some aspects <strong>of</strong> the behaviour <strong>of</strong> fluids in static and simple dynamic<br />

situations.<br />

apply basic mechanical concepts to solve the Kepler problem.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. The lectures are designed to present<br />

students withthe main concepts <strong>of</strong> classical mechanics and illustrate these with reference to simple mechanical<br />

systems as well as showing how mathematical descriptions <strong>of</strong> mechanical systems can be developed.<br />

The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />

lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available. The<br />

assessment will contain significant elements <strong>of</strong> peer marking. The intellectual focus is on transfer <strong>of</strong> knowledge<br />

to new situations and application <strong>of</strong> physical insights to new problems.<br />

Students are also expected to complete further problems as exercises on an individual basis using Mastering<br />

Physics online Problems; these are marked and feedback is provided through Mastering Physics. The intellectual<br />

focus will be on exercising known material.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Overview:<br />

Newton's Laws, Force and Motion, Vectors<br />

Friction, Drag<br />

Work and Kinetic Energy, Power<br />

Potential Energy, Conservation <strong>of</strong> Energy<br />

Force from Potential, Systems <strong>of</strong> Particles, Rocket Equation<br />

Momentum, Collisions<br />

Rotation, Moment <strong>of</strong> Inertia<br />

Parallel Axis theorem, Torque, Rotation<br />

Angular Momentum and its conservation<br />

Rolling<br />

Centre <strong>of</strong> Percussion, Precession<br />

Simple Harmonic Motion and Uniform Circular Motion<br />

Simple Harmonic Motion, damped and forced SHM<br />

Newton's Law <strong>of</strong> Gravitation<br />

Satellites, Escape Speed


Satellites, Escape Speed<br />

Kepler's Laws<br />

Fluids at Rest<br />

Fluids in Motion<br />

Lec 1&2 Wk 2 What is Physics?<br />

Units<br />

Significant Figures<br />

Measurement<br />

Experimental Science<br />

PC 1 Wk 2 Working with Physical Observables<br />

Designing Experiments as questions to nature<br />

Lec 3&4 Wk 3 Reference Frames<br />

Newton's Laws<br />

Simple Motion with constant Acceleration<br />

Centre <strong>of</strong> Mass<br />

Friction<br />

PC 2 Wk 3 Demonstration Experiment, Prediction and Writeup<br />

Lec 5&6 Wk 4 Work<br />

Energy<br />

Power<br />

Conservation <strong>of</strong> Energy<br />

Conservative Forces<br />

PC 3 Wk 4 Applications <strong>of</strong> Newton's Laws<br />

Lec 7&8 Wk 5 Momentum<br />

Conservation <strong>of</strong> Momentum<br />

Elastic & Inelastic Collisions<br />

Rockets<br />

PC 4 Wk 5 Create PeerWise Multiple Choice questions<br />

Lec 9&10 Wk 6 Circular Motion<br />

Centrifugal Force<br />

Coriolis Force<br />

Moment <strong>of</strong> Inertia<br />

PC 5 Wk 6 Collisions<br />

Staged Rockets<br />

Lec 11&12 Wk 7 Angular Momentum<br />

Conservation <strong>of</strong> Angular Momentum<br />

Rolling<br />

Torque<br />

Newton's Laws for Rotations<br />

PC 6 Wk 7 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class<br />

Lec 13&14 Wk 8 Simple Harmonic Motion<br />

Simple and Physical Pendulum<br />

Damped Harmonic Oscillator<br />

PC 7 Wk 8 Rotations<br />

Rolling<br />

Moments <strong>of</strong> Inertia<br />

Lec 15&16 Wk 9 Damped and Forced Harmonic Oscillator<br />

Resonance<br />

PC 8 Wk 9 Demonstration Experiment, Prediction and Writeup<br />

Lec 17&18 Wk 10 Gravitation<br />

Motion under constant acceleration using Calculus<br />

PC 9 Wk 10 Applications <strong>of</strong> Harmonic Motion<br />

Using Conservation <strong>of</strong> Energy to derive HO Equation<br />

Lec 19&20 Wk 11 Kepler's Laws<br />

Satellites<br />

Escape Velocity<br />

PC 10 Wk 11 Devising PeerWise Multiple Choice or Exam Style Questions<br />

Lec 21&22 Wk 12 Fluids at Rest<br />

Archimedes Principle<br />

Pascal's Law<br />

Fluids in Motion<br />

Bernoulli Equation<br />

PC 11 Wk 12 Kepler's Laws<br />

Extrasolar Objects, Hyperbolic and Parabolic Orbits<br />

Applications to interplanetary travel<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"<strong>University</strong> Physics 12e" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />

Access Code for Mastering Physics required<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Written examination 3 hours 1 60 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

Mastering Physics<br />

homeworks<br />

5 x 2<br />

hours<br />

10 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 30 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

1 10 Summer Vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title THE MATERIAL UNIVERSE<br />

2. Module Code PHYS102<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr DE Hutchcr<strong>of</strong>t Physics Dhcr<strong>of</strong>t@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

22<br />

= 11 x 2<br />

lectures/week<br />

22<br />

= 11 x 2-hour<br />

workshops<br />

18. Non-contact hours 106<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

1 2hr (double lecture)<br />

slot each week except<br />

Week 1<br />

44<br />

Problem Classes: 1<br />

2hr slot each week<br />

on a later day than<br />

the lectures, in an<br />

appropriate learning<br />

environment<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

The module aims to make the student familiar with<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

The concepts <strong>of</strong> Thermal Physics<br />

The zeroth, first and second laws <strong>of</strong> Thermodynamics<br />

Heat engines<br />

The kinetic theory <strong>of</strong> gasses<br />

Entropy<br />

The equation <strong>of</strong> state<br />

Van der Waals equation<br />

States <strong>of</strong> matter and state changes<br />

The basis <strong>of</strong> statistical mechanics<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to:<br />

Construct a temperature scale and understand how to calibrate a thermometer with that scale<br />

Calculate the heat flow into and work done by a system and how that is constrained by the first law <strong>of</strong><br />

Thermodynamics<br />

Analyses the expected performance <strong>of</strong> heat engines, heat pumps and refrigerators<br />

Relate the second law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics to the operation <strong>of</strong> heat engines, particularly the Carnot engine<br />

Understand the kinetic theory <strong>of</strong> gases and calculate properties <strong>of</strong> gasses including the heat capacity and<br />

mean free path<br />

Explain the expected behaviour <strong>of</strong> gasses as a function <strong>of</strong> their mean free path<br />

Use the theory <strong>of</strong> equipartition to relate the structure <strong>of</strong> the molecules to the measured heat capacity<br />

Calculate the linear and volume thermal expansions <strong>of</strong> materials<br />

Understand the basis <strong>of</strong> entropy and relate this to the second law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />

Relate the equation <strong>of</strong> state for a material to the macroscopic properties <strong>of</strong> the material<br />

Understand the PV and PT diagrams for materials and the phase transitions that occur when changing the<br />

state variables for materials<br />

Be able to link the microscopic view <strong>of</strong> a system to its macroscopic state variables<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. The lectures are designed to present<br />

students with the main concepts <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics and illustrate these with reference to physical systems<br />

including ideal and real gasses, heat engines, analytic thermodynamics and phase equilibriums.<br />

The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />

lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available. The<br />

assessment will contain significant elements <strong>of</strong> peer marking. The intellectual focus is on transfer <strong>of</strong> knowledge<br />

to new situations and application <strong>of</strong> physical insights to new problems.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Overview:<br />

Temperature and the zeroth law<br />

Heat and the first law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />

The second law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics, reversibility and Carnot engines<br />

The kinetic theory <strong>of</strong> gasses, heat capacities, equipartition and the mean free<br />

path<br />

Van der Waals equation<br />

Entropy


Entropy<br />

The equations <strong>of</strong> state<br />

Maxwell relations<br />

Paramagnets as thermodynamic systems<br />

Stefan's and Wien's Laws<br />

Phase transitions<br />

Third law<br />

Lecture 1 & 2 Wk 2 Introduction to the thermal physics<br />

Reminder <strong>of</strong> temperature scales<br />

List the methods <strong>of</strong> heat transport<br />

Heat conduction and heat capacity<br />

Newton's law <strong>of</strong> cooling<br />

Latent heats <strong>of</strong> fusion and vaporisation<br />

Thermal expansion<br />

Thermodynamic systems<br />

Zeroth law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics and thermal equilibrium<br />

Energy in a system<br />

Problem Class 1 Wk 2 An introduction to problem solving<br />

Use heat loss and themal expansion as examples<br />

Lec 3 & 4 Wk 3 First law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />

Work done on a system for different constraints<br />

Heat engines<br />

Second law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics: Clausius and Kelvin-Plank<br />

Reversible processes<br />

Carnot Cycle<br />

PC 2 Wk 3 Solve examples <strong>of</strong> heat engines<br />

Lec 5&6 Wk 4 Absolute temperature scale<br />

Constructing a real temperature scale<br />

Kinetic theory <strong>of</strong> gasses<br />

Equipartition <strong>of</strong> energy<br />

Heat capacity <strong>of</strong> ideal and real gasses<br />

Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution (not derived)<br />

Heat conduction<br />

Diffusion<br />

PC 3 Wk 4 Project in groups on a thermal physics topic, with a verbal presentation at the end<br />

<strong>of</strong> the class<br />

Lec 7&8 Wk 5 Effusion<br />

Viscosity<br />

Examples from kinetic theory<br />

Van der Waal’s equation<br />

Entropy (Macroscopic)<br />

PC 4 Wk 5 Examples for real gasses and rates <strong>of</strong> effusion<br />

Lec 9&10 Wk 6 Clausius inequality<br />

Principle <strong>of</strong> increasing entropy<br />

Entropy <strong>of</strong> an ideal gas<br />

Boltzmann Definition<br />

Maxwell relations and thermodynamic potentials<br />

Internal Energy and heat capacity<br />

PC 5 Wk 6 Review <strong>of</strong> mathematical relations in partial differentials required to use Maxwell's<br />

relations<br />

Lec 11&12 Wk 7 Enthalpy<br />

Helmholtz free energy<br />

Gibbs free energy<br />

Applications <strong>of</strong> free energies<br />

Maximum available work<br />

PC 6 Wk 7 Tutorial on free energies and entropy calculations<br />

Lec 13&14 Wk 8 Conditions for equilibriums<br />

Applications to PVT systems<br />

Derive relation between heat capacities and compressibilties<br />

Energy equation<br />

Expansions <strong>of</strong> gasses: adiabatic<br />

Joule-Kelvin expansion <strong>of</strong> gas and application to liquefaction<br />

PC 7 Wk 8 Research a topic in themodynamics and present in class<br />

Lec 15&16 Wk 9 Paramagnets<br />

Curie and Curie-Weiss<br />

Paramagnetic equation <strong>of</strong> state<br />

Magnetic cooling<br />

Entropy <strong>of</strong> demagnetisation<br />

PC 8 Wk 9 Work through examples <strong>of</strong> paramagnets<br />

Lec 17&18 Wk 10 Cavity radiation<br />

Radiation as a photon gas<br />

Wien’s law<br />

Stefan’s Law<br />

Entropy <strong>of</strong> radiation<br />

PC 9 Wk 10 Work through a problem based learning example for submission as a group<br />

project<br />

Lec 19&20 Wk 11 Rubber bands as a thermodynamic system<br />

Phases <strong>of</strong> matter<br />

PVT diagrams<br />

Equilibrium condition for two phases<br />

PC 10 Wk 11 Tutorial on phases <strong>of</strong> matter<br />

Lec 21&22 Wk 12 Clausius-Clapeyron equation<br />

First and second order phase transitions<br />

Third law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />

Nernst’s statement<br />

PC 11 Wk 12 Review <strong>of</strong> material covered in the course<br />

Extra a very condensed version <strong>of</strong> the notes<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />

Access Code for Mastering Physics required<br />

"Thermal Physics" Second Edition, by C.B.P. Finn, published by CRC Press<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Written examination 3 hours 1 60 August<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes


34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

Mastering Physics<br />

Homework<br />

5 x 2<br />

hours<br />

5 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 30 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

1 10 Summer Vacation As <strong>University</strong><br />

Policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title WAVE PHENOMENA<br />

2. Module Code PHYS103<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr BT King Physics Barryk@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

24<br />

= 12 x 2<br />

lectures/week<br />

24<br />

= 12 x 2-hour<br />

workshops<br />

18. Non-contact hours 102<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

1 2hr (double lecture)<br />

slot each week except<br />

Week 1<br />

48<br />

Problem Classes: 1<br />

2hr slot each week<br />

on a later day than<br />

the lectures, in an<br />

appropriate learning<br />

environment<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:


25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F656 (1) F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To introduce the fundamental concepts and principles <strong>of</strong> wave phenomena.<br />

To highlight the many diverse areas <strong>of</strong> physics in which an understanding <strong>of</strong> waves is crucial.<br />

To introduce the concepts <strong>of</strong> interference and diffraction.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to:<br />

Demonstrate an understanding <strong>of</strong> oscillators.<br />

Understand the fundamental principles underlying wave phenomena.<br />

Apply those principles to diverse phenomena.<br />

Understand wave reflection and transmission, superposition <strong>of</strong> waves.<br />

Solve problems on the behaviour <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic waves in vacuo and in dielectric materials.<br />

Understand linear and circular polarisation.<br />

Understand inteference and diffraction effects.<br />

Understand lenses and optical instruments.<br />

Apply Fourier techniques and understand their link to diffraction patterns.<br />

Understand the basic principles <strong>of</strong> lasers.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. The lectures are designed to present<br />

students with the main concepts <strong>of</strong> wave phenomena and illustrate these with examples, as well as showing how<br />

mathematical descriptions <strong>of</strong> such systems can be developed.<br />

The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />

lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Lec 1&2 Wk 1 1. Oscillators<br />

Simple Harmonic Motion, Forced Oscillators, Damped Oscillators, Coupled Oscillators.<br />

PC 1 Wk 1 Worked examples <strong>of</strong> SHM and oscillations. Related problems to be solved.<br />

Lec 3&4 Wk 2 2. Fundamentals<br />

Wave Equation, Phase velocity, wavenumber, wavelength, frequency. Superposition<br />

(same wavelength), Reflection and Transmission at Boundaries, Standing Waves,<br />

Amplitude, Intensity, Energy.<br />

PC 2 Wk 2 Reinforcement <strong>of</strong> concepts from this weeks lectures. Examples. Problems related to this<br />

weeks lectures.<br />

Lec 5&6 Wk 3 3. Examples <strong>of</strong> Waves<br />

Longitudinal and Transverse Waves. Waves on strings. Sound Waves, Light waves.<br />

Waves in elastic media. The Doppler Effect. Impedance. Waves in Cables.<br />

PC 3 Wk 3 Worked examples from this weeks lectures. Problems related to this weeks lecture<br />

material.<br />

Lec 7&8 Wk 4 4. Superposition <strong>of</strong> Waves (different wavelengths)<br />

Beats, wavepackets, Group Velocity, Bandwidth Theorem.<br />

PC 4 Wk 4 Illustrative examples from this week's lectures. Problems related to this week's material.<br />

Lec 9&10 Wk 5 5. Electromagnetic Waves<br />

EM waves in free space. EM waves in dielectrics. Linear and Circular Polarisation.<br />

Quarter and Half waveplates.<br />

PC 5 Wk 5 Additional material for EM waves and polarisation. Problems related thereto.<br />

Lec 11&12 Wk 6 Continuation <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic waves<br />

Reflection <strong>of</strong> EM waves. Brewster Angle.<br />

6. Interference Effects<br />

Youngs slits. Thin film interference. Optical coatings. Filters.<br />

PC 6 Wk 6 Reinforcement <strong>of</strong> reflection <strong>of</strong> EM waves.<br />

Lec 13&14 Wk 7 7. Diffraction<br />

Students carry out assignment related to Brewster Angle.<br />

Fraunh<strong>of</strong>er Diffraction. Single slit diffraction. Effect <strong>of</strong> single slit diffraction on double slit<br />

pattern. Multiple slit diffraction.<br />

PC 7 Wk 7 Reinforcement <strong>of</strong> single slit diffraction pattern. Students calculate diffraction pattern<br />

arising from a double slit experiment.<br />

Lec 15&16 Wk 8 Continuation <strong>of</strong> Diffraction<br />

Diffraction at a circular aperture. Rayleigh criterion. Diffraction gratings. Phased Arrays.<br />

Interferometry.<br />

PC 8 Wk 8 Background material for Rayleigh Criterion and illustrative applications. Problems related<br />

to this week's lectures.<br />

Lec 17&18 Wk 9 8. Optical Cavities<br />

Reflection, Refraction, Mirrors, Thin Lenses, Optical Instruments.<br />

PC 9 Wk 9 Reinforcement <strong>of</strong> this week's lectures. Students do related problems.<br />

Lec 19&20 Wk 10 9. Fourier Methods<br />

Fourier analysis, Fourier series. Examples.<br />

PC 10 Wk 10 Worked examples <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> Fourier series. Students attack related problems.<br />

Lec 21&22 Wk 11 Continuation <strong>of</strong> Fourier Methods<br />

Fourier Transforms. Link <strong>of</strong> FTs to diffraction patterns.<br />

PC 11 Wk 11 Further reinforcement material related to Fourier Transforms. Students attempt related<br />

problems.<br />

Lec 23&24 Wk 12 10. Lasers<br />

Principles and Applications.<br />

PC 12 Wk 12 Students research uses <strong>of</strong> lasers.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />

Access Code for Mastering Physics required<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Written examination 3 hours 2 60 August<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes


34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

Mastering Physics<br />

homework<br />

5 x 2<br />

hours<br />

10 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

2 10 Summer Vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title FOUNDATIONS OF MODERN PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS104<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> JB Dainton Physics Jbd@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

24<br />

20<br />

= 12 x 2 = 10 x 2-hour<br />

lectures/week workshops/Problem<br />

Classes/Mastering<br />

Physics<br />

18. Non-contact hours 106<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

1 2hr (double<br />

lecture) slot each<br />

week<br />

44<br />

Problem Classes: 1 2hr<br />

slot each week starting<br />

after lecture 4, in an<br />

appropriate learning<br />

environment<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:


25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1) F656 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To introduce the theory <strong>of</strong> special relativity and its experimental pro<strong>of</strong>s.<br />

To carry out calculations using relativity and visualise them.<br />

To introduce the concepts and the experimental foundations <strong>of</strong> quantum theory.<br />

To carry out simple calculations related to quantum mechanical problem tasks.<br />

To show the impact <strong>of</strong> relativity and quantum theory on contemporary science and society.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to demonstrate:<br />

An understanding why classical mechanics must have failed to describe the properties <strong>of</strong> light, the motion<br />

<strong>of</strong> objects with speeds close to the speed <strong>of</strong> light and the properties <strong>of</strong> microspopic systems.<br />

A basic knowledge on the experimental and theoretical concepts which founded modern physics, i.e. that<br />

either relativity or quantum theory or both are needed to explain certain phenomena.<br />

A knowledge <strong>of</strong> the postulates <strong>of</strong> special relativity.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the concept <strong>of</strong> spacetime, <strong>of</strong> the relativity <strong>of</strong> length, time and velocity.<br />

An ability to apply the Lorentz transformation and the concept <strong>of</strong> Lorentz invariance to simple cases.<br />

An ability to apply the equations <strong>of</strong> relativistic energy, momentum and rest mass.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the Doppler effect for light and visualisation <strong>of</strong> relativistic effects.<br />

An ability to solve problems based on special relativity.<br />

An understanding why quantum theory is the conceptual framework to understand the microscopic<br />

properties <strong>of</strong> the universe.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the quantum theory <strong>of</strong> light and the ability to apply the energy-momentum<br />

conservation for light, e.g. photo-electric effect, Compton effect.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the structure <strong>of</strong> atoms and its experimental foundations.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> Bohr's theory <strong>of</strong> the atom and its application to the H-atom including the concept <strong>of</strong><br />

principal quantum numbers.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves and their statistical interpretation.<br />

An ability to explain the experimental evidence <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves with scattering experiments <strong>of</strong><br />

electrons, X-rays and neutrons.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the principles <strong>of</strong> quantum mechanical measurements and Heisenberg's uncertainty<br />

principle.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the identity principle <strong>of</strong> microscopic particles and the basic idea <strong>of</strong> quantum (Fermi-<br />

Dirac and Bose-Einstein) statistics.<br />

A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> contemporary applications <strong>of</strong> quantum theory and relativity, e.g. nuclear reactor and<br />

nuclear fissions, and the impact on our society.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes.<br />

The lectures are designed to show students the foundations <strong>of</strong> modern physics and why and how classical<br />

mechanics had to be extended. The new theoretical concepts will be developed step by step and if possible, the<br />

formulas will be derived. References to historical and contemporay experiments will be given extensively.<br />

The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />

lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available. The<br />

assessment is individual and may contain elements <strong>of</strong> peer marking. The intellectual focus is on problem solving<br />

strategies for relativistic and simple quantum mechanical problems, and application <strong>of</strong> physical insights to new<br />

problems. Students are also expected to complete problems as exercises on an individual basis using Mastering<br />

Physics online Problems; these are marked and feedback is provided through Mastering Physics. The intellectual<br />

focus will be on exercising known material.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Lec 1&2 Wk 1 Introduction and historical context : The world according to a 19th century<br />

physicist.<br />

The theoretical concepts based on the two known fundamental forces at the premodern<br />

era, gravitational and electromagentic forces, and their consequences on<br />

the thinking in physics and society.<br />

The key experiments and 19th century discoveries (e.g. discovery <strong>of</strong> atomic<br />

spectrum <strong>of</strong> hydrogen, sparks in gases, cathode rays, X-rays, radioactivity, the<br />

electron, and the constancy <strong>of</strong> speed <strong>of</strong> light,) and the resulting conflicts and the<br />

trials to explain them.<br />

Lec 3&4 Wk 2 Einstein's solution <strong>of</strong> the conflict between motion (classical mechanics) and<br />

constancy <strong>of</strong> speed <strong>of</strong> light, the postulates <strong>of</strong> special relativity.<br />

Frames <strong>of</strong> reference.<br />

The concept <strong>of</strong> a thought experiment.<br />

Relativity <strong>of</strong> simultaneity.<br />

The light clock, Lorentz and speed factors, relativity <strong>of</strong> time and synchronisation<br />

<strong>of</strong> clocks.<br />

Relativity <strong>of</strong> length.<br />

PC 1 Wk 3 Concepts <strong>of</strong> problem solving strategies.<br />

Examples and excercises for time dilation, length contraction and simultaneity<br />

illustrated with links to classical mechanics.<br />

Lec 5&6 Wk 3 Galilean transformation equations.<br />

Derivation <strong>of</strong> Lorentz (Einstein) transformation equations.<br />

Time dilation and length contraction using Lorentz transformations.<br />

The Twin paradox.<br />

Doppler effect for light.<br />

PC 2 Wk 4 Practise tasks using Lorentz transformations.<br />

Practise tasks for the Doppler effect <strong>of</strong> light.<br />

Sketch the Twin paradox and its interpretation.<br />

Lec 7&8 Wk 4 Relativity <strong>of</strong> velocities. Velocity addition.<br />

Transformations between 3 frames <strong>of</strong> reference.<br />

Spacetime interval and the concept <strong>of</strong> Lorentz invariance.<br />

Basic concepts <strong>of</strong> world line, light cone and causality.<br />

PC 3 Wk 5 Practise tasks for velocity addition.<br />

Practise calculations using spacetime interval.<br />

Lec 9&10 Wk 5 A new type <strong>of</strong> energy (E=mc2).<br />

A new look at energy and momentum.<br />

Relations <strong>of</strong> relativistic energy and momentum, units.<br />

Energy-mass conservation and applications.<br />

PC 4 Wk 6 Practise calculations using energy-momentum formulas.<br />

Practise calculations <strong>of</strong> relativistic collisions.<br />

Particle creations.<br />

Lec 11&12 Wk 6 Photons and the need <strong>of</strong> a quantum theory <strong>of</strong> light.<br />

Black body radiation.<br />

Planck's quantum.<br />

Einstein's completion <strong>of</strong> Planck's quantum.<br />

Experimental evidence for energy-momentum conservation for light : Photoelectric<br />

effect, Compton effect.<br />

PC 5 Wk 7 Sketch experiemental set-ups <strong>of</strong> photo-electric effect.<br />

Practise the derivation <strong>of</strong> the theoretical explanation <strong>of</strong> the Compton effect.


Lec 13&14 Wk 7 Atoms : brief history.<br />

Atomic spectra.<br />

Thompson's pudding.<br />

Rutherford and the nucleus.<br />

Franck-Hertz experiment.<br />

Stern-Gerlach experiement.<br />

PC 6 Wk 8 Sketch the experimental set-ups <strong>of</strong> Rutherford, Franck-Hertz and Stern-Gerlach<br />

experiments and their interpretation.<br />

Lec 15&16 Wk 8 Bohr's theory <strong>of</strong> the atom : successes and short comings.<br />

Hydrogen spectrum, Rydberg constant and principal quantum numbers.<br />

The concept <strong>of</strong> the Laser.<br />

PC 7 Wk 9 Sketch the idea <strong>of</strong> Bohr's theory <strong>of</strong> the atom.<br />

Practise simple calculations <strong>of</strong> H-spectrum series.<br />

Sketch the Laser principle.<br />

Lec 17&18 Wk 9 De Broglie waves and group velocity.<br />

Experimental evidence <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves : scattering experiements <strong>of</strong><br />

electrons, <strong>of</strong> X-rays, and <strong>of</strong> neutrons.<br />

Bohr's principle <strong>of</strong> complementarity.<br />

Statistical interpretation <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves (and sneak preview to Schroedinger<br />

equations).<br />

PC 8 Wk 10 Explain de Broglie waves and why they need a statistical interpretation.<br />

Sketch the experimental set-up <strong>of</strong> at least one experiement which pro<strong>of</strong>s the<br />

concept <strong>of</strong> de Broglie waves.<br />

Lec 19&20 Wk 10 Quantum mechanical measurements and the Feynman perspective.<br />

Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.<br />

Identity principle <strong>of</strong> microscopic particles.<br />

Basic concepts <strong>of</strong> quantum statistics: Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics.<br />

The discovery <strong>of</strong> anti-matter.<br />

The discovery <strong>of</strong> Bose-Einstein Condensates.<br />

PC 9 Wk 11 Sketch and explain the Feynman perspective.<br />

Sketch and explain the implications <strong>of</strong> a quantum mechanical measurement and<br />

the Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.<br />

Explain the basic idea behind quantum statistics.<br />

Lec 21&22 Wk 11 Complex atoms and nuclei.<br />

Periodic system <strong>of</strong> elements.<br />

Nuclear decay, nuclear reactors, nuclear fission.<br />

Selected contemporary applications <strong>of</strong> quantum and relativistic effects.<br />

Outlook: Particle physics, astrophysics, cosmology and the need <strong>of</strong> a new theory.<br />

PC 10 Wk 12 Practise exam-style questions.<br />

Lec 23&24 Wk 12 Summarising thoughts.<br />

Revision relativity.<br />

Revision quantum theory.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley (mainly Chapters 37 and<br />

38)<br />

Access Code for Mastering Physics required<br />

Additional, selected literature recommendations:<br />

"Dynamics and Relativity" by J.R. Forshaw and A.G. Smith<br />

"Dynamics and Relativity" by J.R. Forshaw and A.G. Smith<br />

"Principles <strong>of</strong> Quantum Mechanics" by D.J. Blochinzev<br />

"QED the strange theory <strong>of</strong> light and matter" by R.F. Feynman<br />

"The elegant Universe" by B. Greene<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Written examination 3 hours 2 60 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

Mastering Physics<br />

homeworks<br />

10 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

2 10 Summer vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is partially<br />

not marked<br />

anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title WORKING WITH PHYSICS I<br />

2. Module Code PHYS105<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr C Simpson Physics C.Simpson@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

27<br />

= 10 x 1/2<br />

lectures/week<br />

sem 1 + 6 x 2<br />

lectures/week<br />

sem 2<br />

32<br />

= 10 x 2-hour<br />

workshops sem 1<br />

50% <strong>of</strong> marks + 6 x<br />

2-hour workshops<br />

sem 2 15% <strong>of</strong> marks<br />

18. Non-contact hours 91<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent) A student cannot register for both PHYS105 and PHYS134<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

59<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F3F5 (1) F521 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F3F7 (1)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop skills with spreadsheets<br />

To develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculations<br />

To illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational s<strong>of</strong>tware packages<br />

To improve science students' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written and oral<br />

formats<br />

To provide students with a broad introduction to astronomy<br />

To describe how telescopes and detectors are used to make observations<br />

To explain how observations support our understanding <strong>of</strong> stars, galaxies, and the Universe as a whole<br />

To introduce students to the methods by which astronomers measure the brightness and distance <strong>of</strong><br />

astronomical objects<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical<br />

equations<br />

An ability to apply mathematical s<strong>of</strong>tware packages to physics problems<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> how to present results by computer<br />

The ability to communicate more confidently<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the key factors in successful communication<br />

A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the structure and constituents <strong>of</strong> the Universe ranging in scale from the Solar<br />

System to clusters <strong>of</strong> galaxies<br />

The ability to outline the methods which astronomers employ to gather and analyse data<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques <strong>of</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> brightness and distance <strong>of</strong> astronomical objects<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the current cosmological model and the evidence supporting it<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Students will attend 15 lectures and 10 x 2 hour training sessions on applications <strong>of</strong> PCs and workshops on<br />

communication skills in Physics in semester 1.<br />

Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />

Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.<br />

Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.<br />

Important elements <strong>of</strong> good communication in oral presentations, written reports<br />

(including laboratory reports).<br />

Basic concepts: The Earth in space, the Solar System<br />

Instrumentation: Telescopes, Reflectors versus refractors, types <strong>of</strong> mount, foci,<br />

image scale, ground versus space<br />

Detectors: Photometers, photography, CCD, introduction to imaging and<br />

spectroscopy<br />

Measurement <strong>of</strong> brightness and distance: Magnitude system, Hertzprung-Russell<br />

diagram, evolution <strong>of</strong> stars, types <strong>of</strong> galaxy, distance ladder.<br />

Issues in Contemporary Astronomy: the Big Bang and the fate <strong>of</strong> the Universe;<br />

protostars; black holes; the missing mass problem; the search for extra solar<br />

planets; gamma-ray bursters.


32. Recommended Texts<br />

"Universe" by Freedman and Kaufman (Freeman)<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Written examination 90 minutes 2 35 August To pass the module<br />

must pass the<br />

examination and the<br />

continuous<br />

assessment.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

16 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1+2 65 Exemption applied<br />

for<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

sem 1: 10 x 2 hr:<br />

50% sem 2: 6 x 2 hr:<br />

15% To pass the<br />

module must pass<br />

the examination and<br />

the continuous<br />

assessment.<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title PRACTICAL PHYSICS I<br />

2. Module Code PHYS106<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr NK McCauley Physics N.McCauley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Laboratory/Practical<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr DT Joss Physics David.Joss@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr KM Hock Physics K.M.Hock@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr JH Vossebeld Physics Vossebel@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

132 132<br />

18. Non-contact hours 18<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A-Level or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS259<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F303 (1) F352 (1) F3F5 (1) F300 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) BCG0 (1) F350 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide a core <strong>of</strong> essential introductory laboratory methods which overlap and develop from A-Level<br />

To introduce the basis <strong>of</strong> experimental techniques in physical measurement, the use <strong>of</strong> computer<br />

techniques in analysis, and to provide experience in doing experiments, keeping records and writing<br />

reports.<br />

To compliment the core physics program with experimental examples <strong>of</strong> material taught in the lecture<br />

courses.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Experienced the practical nature <strong>of</strong> physics.<br />

Developed an awareness <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> accurate experimentation, particularly observation, record<br />

keeping.<br />

Developed the ability to plan, execute and report on the results <strong>of</strong> an investigation using appropriate<br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> the data and associated uncertainties<br />

Developed the practical and technical skill required for physics experimentation and an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

importance <strong>of</strong> a systematic approach to experimental measurement.<br />

Developed problem solving skills <strong>of</strong> a practical nature<br />

Developed analytical skills in the analysis <strong>of</strong> the data<br />

Developed communication skills in the presentation <strong>of</strong> the investigation in a clear and logical manner<br />

Developed investgative skills in performing the experiment and extracting information from various<br />

sources with which to compare the results<br />

Developed the ability to organise their time and meet deadlines<br />

Understand the interaction between theory and experiment, in particular the ties to the material presented<br />

in the lecture courses.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The module is split into 3 parts<br />

1. Introduction to measuring instruments and data analysis<br />

Three sessions are spent introudcing the basic concepts <strong>of</strong> the laboratory class and introducing basic laboratory<br />

skills and ideas.<br />

2. Foundation Experiments<br />

Eight experiments are spent learning about different experimental techniques and instrumentation.<br />

3. Core Experiments<br />

Eleven experiments are spent investigating core physics concepts that are covered in the lectures from the first<br />

and second year <strong>of</strong> the core physics program.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Introductory Experiments<br />

Introduction to Measurement by mesurement <strong>of</strong> thermal expansion.<br />

Introduction to Experimental Errors with a simple pendulum and a gieger counter.<br />

Erorr Analysis via selected exercizes<br />

Foundation experiments.<br />

Kirchov's Laws<br />

Capacitors and Inductors<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

LCR Circuits<br />

Rectification<br />

Stefans Law and the Properties <strong>of</strong> a Thermistor<br />

Hookes Law<br />

Geometrical Optics<br />

Liquid Nitrogen Experiment<br />

Core experiments<br />

Young and Friedman: <strong>University</strong> Physics<br />

A Laboratory Manual is Provided<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Three Introductory<br />

Experiments<br />

Eight Foundation<br />

Experiments<br />

Eleven Core<br />

Experimetns<br />

Rutherford Scattering<br />

Attenuation <strong>of</strong> Gamma Rays in Different Materials<br />

Principles <strong>of</strong> Electronics<br />

Milikans Experiment<br />

Diffraction <strong>of</strong> Light<br />

Speed <strong>of</strong> Sound<br />

Properties <strong>of</strong> the Electron<br />

Capacitance and Electrostatics<br />

Electromagnetic Induction<br />

The Ideal Gas Equation<br />

Diffraction and Interference <strong>of</strong> Microwaves<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

18 hours 1 8 Exemption applied<br />

for<br />

48 hours 1 32 Exemption applied<br />

for<br />

66 hours 2 60 Exemption applied<br />

for<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICISTS I<br />

2. Module Code PHYS107<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr DT Joss Physics David.Joss@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> TJ Greenshaw Physics Green@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

Mathematical Sciences<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> AE Faraggi Mathematical Sciences Alon.Faraggi@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

33<br />

= 11 x 3<br />

lectures/week<br />

22<br />

= 11 x 2-hour<br />

workshops<br />

18. Non-contact hours 95<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

1 2hr (double lecture)<br />

slot each week except<br />

Week 1<br />

55<br />

Problem Classes: 1<br />

2hr slot each week<br />

on a later day than<br />

the lectures, in an<br />

appropriate learning<br />

environment<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1) F660 (1) F656 (1) F640 (1) F641<br />

(1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide a foundation for the mathematics required by physical scientists.<br />

To assist students in acquiring the skills necessary to use the mathematics developed in the module.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should be able to demonstrate:<br />

a good working knowledge <strong>of</strong> differential and integral calculus<br />

familiarity with some <strong>of</strong> the elementary functions common in applied mathematics and science<br />

an introductory knowledge <strong>of</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> several variables<br />

manipulation <strong>of</strong> complex numbers and use them to solve simple problems involving fractional powers<br />

an introductory knowledge <strong>of</strong> series<br />

a good rudimentary knowledge <strong>of</strong> simple problems involving statistics: binomial and Poisson distributions,<br />

mean, standard deviation, standard error <strong>of</strong> mean<br />

have an introductory knowledge <strong>of</strong> vector algebra<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes. The lectures are designed to present<br />

students withthe main concepts <strong>of</strong> mathematics and illustrate these with reference to physics applications.<br />

The problems classes give the students the opportunity to investigate further the concepts discussed in the<br />

lectures in an environment in which group work is encouraged and expert supervision is available. The<br />

intellectual focus is on transfer <strong>of</strong> knowledge to new situations and application <strong>of</strong> physical insights to new<br />

problems.<br />

Students are also expected to complete further problems as exercises on an individual basis using MyMathLab<br />

online Problems; these are marked and feedback is provided through MyMathLab. The intellectual focus will be<br />

on exercising known material.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Lec 1&2 Wk 2 Fundamentals<br />

Introduction to statistics. Binomial and Poisson distributions, mean, standard<br />

deviation, standard error on mean, chi-squared, application to experimental<br />

analysis.<br />

PC 1 Wk 2 Problem set 1 - Statistics.<br />

Lec 3&4 Wk 3 Vectors<br />

Scalar and vector products.<br />

Simple vector equations.<br />

Applications <strong>of</strong> vectors to solving physics problems.<br />

PC 2 Wk 3 Problem set 2 - Vectors.<br />

Lec 5&6 Wk 4 Differentiation I<br />

Basics <strong>of</strong> differentiation


The product rule.<br />

PC 3 Wk 4 Problem set 3 - Differentiation I.<br />

Lec 7&8 Wk 5 Differentiation II<br />

The chain rule.<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> differentiation to solving physical problems.<br />

PC 4 Wk 5 Problem set 4 - Differentiation II.<br />

Lec 9&10 Wk 6 Partial Differentiation.<br />

Applications <strong>of</strong> partial differentiation to finding solutions to physics problems.<br />

PC 5 Wk 6 Problem set 5 - Partial differentiation.<br />

Lec 11&12 Wk 7 Integration I.<br />

Basics <strong>of</strong> integration.<br />

Integration <strong>of</strong> the function <strong>of</strong> a function.<br />

Definite integrals.<br />

Volumes <strong>of</strong> rotation.<br />

PC 6 Wk 7 Problem set 6 - Integration I.<br />

Lec 13&14 Wk 8 Integration II.<br />

Integration by substitution.<br />

Trigonometric integration.<br />

Integration by parts.<br />

Integration by partial fractions.<br />

PC 7 Wk 8 Problem set 7 - Integration II<br />

Lec 15&16 Wk 9 Integration III.<br />

Multi-dimensional integration.<br />

PC 8 Wk 9 Problem set 8 - Integration III<br />

Lec 17&18 Wk 10 Introduction to Series.<br />

Arithmetic Series.<br />

Geometric Series.<br />

Taylor and Maclaurin Series.<br />

PC 9 Wk 10 Problem set 9 - Series.<br />

Lec 19&20 Wk 11 Polar coordinate systems.<br />

Spherical polar coordinates.<br />

Cylindrical polar coordinates.<br />

Using polar coordinates to find simple solutions to physical problems.<br />

PC 10 Wk 11 Problem set 10 - Polar coordinate systems.<br />

Lec 21&22 Wk 12 Complex Numbers<br />

PC 11 Wk 12 Problem set 11 - Complex Numbers<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"Calculus: a complete course." by Adam and Essex, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />

Access Code for MyMathLab.com/global required.<br />

Access Code for MyMathLab.com/global required.<br />

"Engineering Mathematics" by K.A. Stroud.<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Written examination 3 hours 1 70 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

Mastering Physics<br />

homework<br />

10 x 2<br />

hours<br />

5 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 20 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

1 10 Summer Vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICISTS II<br />

2. Module Code PHYS108<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> TJ Greenshaw Physics Green@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr J Kretzschmar Physics Jan.Kretzschmar@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

Mathematical Sciences<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

36<br />

= 12 x 3<br />

lectures/week<br />

24<br />

= 12 x 2-hour<br />

workshops<br />

18. Non-contact hours 90<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

One 2 hour (double<br />

lecture) slot each week<br />

One 2 hour Problems<br />

Class each week<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent)<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

60<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F350 (1) F3F5 (1) F521 (1) F3F7 (1) F390 (1) F640 (1) F641 (1) F656 (1) F660<br />

(1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To consolidate and extend the understanding <strong>of</strong> mathematics required for the physical sciences.<br />

To develop student’s ability to apply the mathematical techniques developed in the module to the<br />

understanding <strong>of</strong> physical problems.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

After successfully completing this module, students should:<br />

Be able to manipulate matrices with confidence and use matrix methods to solve simultaneous linear<br />

equations.<br />

Be familiar with methods for solving first and second order differential equations in one variable.<br />

Have a basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> vector algebra.<br />

Have a basic understanding <strong>of</strong> Fourier series and transforms.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course will consist <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and problems classes.<br />

Mathematical techniques will be introduced in the lectures, together with examples <strong>of</strong> their application in physics<br />

and astrophysics. In the problems classes, students, working in small groups, will be required to use these<br />

techniques to solve a series <strong>of</strong> graduated questions and problems. The classes will be overseen by the lecturer,<br />

other staff and demonstrators, who will <strong>of</strong>fer assistance as needed. The students work will be handed in and<br />

assessed at the end <strong>of</strong> the class.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Lectures Matrices- addition, multiplication, determinant, inverse, solution <strong>of</strong> systems <strong>of</strong><br />

linear equations.<br />

Differential equations – first and second order Diff. Eqn.s in one variable,<br />

separation <strong>of</strong> variables, integrating factors, homogenous (and inhomogeneous?)<br />

equations.<br />

Vector calculus – differentiation and integration <strong>of</strong> vectors, vector and scalar<br />

fields, Grad, Div, Curl and Laplace in Cartesian Co-ord.s.<br />

Mention Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations and different coordinate systems.<br />

Series solutions, Legendre polynomials, mention spherical harmonics and<br />

Schrödinger’s equation.<br />

Fourier series, periodic functions, even and odd expansions.<br />

Fourier integrals and transforms.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Adams<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Written examination 3 hours 2 70 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

10 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title WORKING WITH MEDICAL PHYSICS I<br />

2. Module Code PHYS115<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr HC Boston Physics H.C.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

27<br />

= 10 x 1/2<br />

lectures/week<br />

sem 1 + 6 x 2<br />

lectures/week<br />

sem 2<br />

32<br />

= 10 x 2-hour<br />

workshops sem 1<br />

50% <strong>of</strong> marks + 6 x<br />

2-hour workshops<br />

sem 2 15% <strong>of</strong> marks<br />

18. Non-contact hours 91<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent) A student cannot register for both PHYS115 and PHYS136<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

59<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F350 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F3F7 (1)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop skills with spreadsheets<br />

To develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculations<br />

To illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational s<strong>of</strong>tware packages<br />

To improve science students' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written and oral<br />

formats<br />

To provide the students with a broad introduction to medical physics<br />

To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in medicine<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical<br />

equations<br />

An ability to apply mathematical s<strong>of</strong>tware packages to physics problems<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> how to present results by computer<br />

The ability to communicate more confidently<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the key factors in successful communication<br />

A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in medical physics<br />

A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the physics involved in measurement techniques used in medicine<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used in measurements in medical applications<br />

The ability to solve simple problems in medical physics<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Students will attend 15 lectures and 10 x 2 hour training sessions on applications <strong>of</strong> PCs and workshops on<br />

communication skills in Physics in semester 1.<br />

Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />

Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.<br />

Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.<br />

Important elements <strong>of</strong> good communication in oral presentations, written reports<br />

(including laboratory reports).<br />

Physics <strong>of</strong> the Body<br />

Forces: loading <strong>of</strong> muscular and skeletal systems<br />

Vision: basic optics <strong>of</strong> the eye, defects <strong>of</strong> vision and their correction.<br />

Hearing: the ear as a detection system, sensitivity, frequency response, threshold<br />

<strong>of</strong> hearing, defects <strong>of</strong> hearing.<br />

Heart: the heart as an electromechanical pump, electrical signal generation,<br />

measurement <strong>of</strong> ECGs, defibrillation, blood pressure.<br />

Measurement and Imaging<br />

Electrical signals and their generation and detection. Simple ECG machines and<br />

waveforms.<br />

Ultrasound imaging, generation and detection <strong>of</strong> ultrasound pulses (piezoelectric<br />

devices), advantages and disadvantages.


32. Recommended Texts<br />

Production <strong>of</strong> magnetic resonance imaging.<br />

Properties <strong>of</strong> laser radiation and applications.<br />

X-ray imaging, principles <strong>of</strong> production and detection, absorption and attenuation<br />

<strong>of</strong> X-rays. Imaging, contrast enhancement and photographic detection, diffraction<br />

enhanced imaging.<br />

Nuclear imaging, CT, PET and SPECT. The decay process, interaction with<br />

matter, reconstruction <strong>of</strong> image.<br />

There is no one recommended reference book. Suitable texts include;<br />

1) "Physics in Nuclear Medicine" by Cherry, Sorenson and Phelps : ISBN 072168341X<br />

2) "Nuclear Physics Principles and Applications" by Lilley : ISBN 0471979368<br />

3) "<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Written examination 90 minutes 2 35 August To pass the module<br />

must pass the<br />

examination and the<br />

continuous<br />

assessment.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

16 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1+2 65 Exemption applied<br />

for<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

sem 1: 10 x 2 hr:<br />

50% sem 2: 6 x 2 hr:<br />

15% To pass the<br />

module must pass<br />

the examination and<br />

the continuous<br />

assessment.<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ASTRONOMY FUNDAMENTALS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS134<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr C Simpson Physics C.Simpson@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr PA James Physics P.James@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lect/Seminar/Grp Work<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 12 12<br />

24<br />

Hours<br />

Problems Classes<br />

18. Non-contact hours 51<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

A-Level or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F390 (2) F350 (2) F352 (2) F300 (2) F303 (2)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide students with a broad introduction to astronomy.<br />

To explain how observations support our undertanding <strong>of</strong> stars, galaxies, and the Universe as a whole.<br />

To introduce students to the methods by which astronomers measure the brightnesses and distances <strong>of</strong><br />

astronomical objects.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the structure and constituents <strong>of</strong> the Universe ranging in scale from the Solar<br />

System to clusters <strong>of</strong> galaxies.<br />

The ability to outline the methods which astronomers employ to gather and analyse data.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques <strong>of</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> brightness and distance <strong>of</strong> astronomical objects.<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the current cosmological model and the evidence supporting it.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />

Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS134 Basic concepts (2 lectures): The Earth in space; The Solar System.<br />

Instrumentation (3 lectures): Telescopes; reflectors versus refractors, types <strong>of</strong><br />

mount, foci, image scale, ground versus space etc. Detectors; photometers,<br />

photography, the CCD. Introduction to imaging and spectroscopy.<br />

Measurement <strong>of</strong> brightness and distance (7 lectures): The magnitude system.<br />

The Hertzprung-Russell diagram. Evolution <strong>of</strong> stars. Types <strong>of</strong> galaxy. The<br />

distance ladder.<br />

Issues in Contemporary Astronomy (3 lectures): For example: the Big Bang and<br />

the fate <strong>of</strong> the Universe; protostars; black holes; the missing mass problem; the<br />

search for extra solar planets; gamma-ray bursters.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"Universe" by Freedman and Kaufman (Freeman)<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 90 minutes 2 70 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Problem Classes 6 x 2<br />

hours<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title WORKING WITH NUCLEAR SCIENCE I<br />

2. Module Code PHYS135<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

27<br />

= 10 x 1/2<br />

lectures/week<br />

sem 1 + 6 x 2<br />

lectures/week<br />

sem 2<br />

32<br />

= 10 x 2-hour<br />

workshops sem 1<br />

50% <strong>of</strong> marks + 6 x<br />

2-hour workshops<br />

sem 2 15% <strong>of</strong> marks<br />

18. Non-contact hours 91<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A Level (or equivalent) A student cannot register for both PHYS135 and PHYS138<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

59


25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F390 (1)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F300 (1) F303 (1) F352 (1) F3F7 (1)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop skills with spreadsheets<br />

To develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculations<br />

To illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational s<strong>of</strong>tware packages<br />

To improve science students' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written and oral<br />

formats<br />

To provide the students with a broad introduction to nuclear science<br />

To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in nuclear science<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical<br />

equations<br />

An ability to apply mathematical s<strong>of</strong>tware packages to physics problems<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> how to present results by computer<br />

The ability to communicate more confidently<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the key factors in successful communication<br />

A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in nuclear science<br />

A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the physics involved in measurement techniques used in nuclear science<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used in measurements in nuclear applications<br />

The ability to solve simple problems in nuclear science<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Students will attend 15 lectures and 10 x 2 hour training sessions on applications <strong>of</strong> PCs and workshops on<br />

communication skills in Physics in semester 1.<br />

Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />

Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.<br />

Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.<br />

Important elements <strong>of</strong> good communication in oral presentations, written reports<br />

(including laboratory reports).<br />

Radioactivity, decay modes <strong>of</strong> unstable nuclei. Naturally occurring and man-made<br />

radionuclides.<br />

Interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with materials; radiation dose and units, absorbed dose,<br />

exposure. Range <strong>of</strong> alphas, betas, gammas and neutrons in materials. Radiation<br />

shielding.<br />

Internal radiation dose, medical uses (therapy and imaging).<br />

Nuclear waste; high, intermediate, low level, options for storage.<br />

Radiation detection and measurement; simple radiation meters, personal<br />

dosimeters and film badges, spectroscopic systems.<br />

Activation analysis using thermal neutrons.<br />

Mass and energy, nuclear reactions.<br />

Fission; induction by thermal neutrons, chain reaction, moderators, control <strong>of</strong> the<br />

reaction, choice <strong>of</strong> materials. Safety aspects. Artificial transmutation.<br />

Fusion; nuclear reactions, simple description <strong>of</strong> fusion reactors (JET, ITER),<br />

applications <strong>of</strong> fusion reactions to astrophysics.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

There is no one recommended reference book. Suitable texts include;<br />

1) Nuclear Physics Principles and Applications : Lilley : ISBN 0471979368<br />

2) <strong>University</strong> Physics : Young and Freedman : Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Written examination 90 minutes 2 35 August To pass the module<br />

must pass the<br />

examination and the<br />

continuous<br />

assessment.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

workshops<br />

16 x 2<br />

hours<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1+2 65 Exemption applied<br />

for<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

sem 1: 10 x 2 hr:<br />

50% sem 2: 6 x 2 hr:<br />

15% To pass the<br />

module must pass<br />

the examination and<br />

the continuous<br />

assessment.


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS136<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr HC Boston Physics H.C.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 12 12<br />

24<br />

Hours<br />

Problems Classes<br />

18. Non-contact hours 51<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

A-Level Physics or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F303 (2) F350 (2) F3F5 (2) F3F7 (2) F300 (2) F352 (2) F390 (2) F521 (2)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide the students with a broad introduction to medical physics.<br />

To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in medicine.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in medical<br />

physics.<br />

A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the physics involved in measurement techniques used in medicine.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used in measurements in medical applications.<br />

The ability to solve simple problems in medical physics.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />

Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS136 Physics <strong>of</strong> the body<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Forces: loading <strong>of</strong> muscular and skeletal systems<br />

Vision: basic optics <strong>of</strong> the eye, defects <strong>of</strong> vision and their correction.<br />

Hearing: the ear as a detection system, sensitivity, frequency response, threshold <strong>of</strong><br />

hearing, defects <strong>of</strong> hearing.<br />

Heart: the heart as an electromechanical pump, electrical signal generation,<br />

measurement <strong>of</strong> ECGs, defibrillation, blood pressure.<br />

Measurement and imaging<br />

Electrical signals and their generation and detection. Simple ECG machines and<br />

waveforms.<br />

Ultrasound imaging, generation and detection <strong>of</strong> ultrasound pulses (piezoelectric<br />

devices), advantages and disadvantages.<br />

Production <strong>of</strong> magnetic resonance imaging.<br />

Properties <strong>of</strong> laser radiation and applications.<br />

X-ray imaging, principles <strong>of</strong> production and detection, absorption and attenuation <strong>of</strong> Xrays.<br />

Imaging, contrast enhancement and photographic detection, diffraction enhanced<br />

imaging.<br />

Nuclear imaging, CT, PET and SPECT. The decay process, interaction with matter,<br />

reconstruction <strong>of</strong> image.<br />

There is no one recommended reference book. Suitable texts include;<br />

1) "Physics in Nuclear Medicine" by Cherry, Sorenson and Phelps : ISBN 072168341X<br />

2) "Nuclear Physics Principles and Applications" by Lilley : ISBN 0471979368


3) "<strong>University</strong> Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 90 minutes 2 70 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Problem Classes 6 x 2<br />

hours<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title VISUAL OPTICS I<br />

2. Module Code PHYS137<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr NK McCauley Physics N.McCauley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

School <strong>of</strong> Health Sciences<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Miss HP Orton School <strong>of</strong> Health Sciences H.P.Orton@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

12 12 15 39<br />

18. Non-contact hours 36<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

GCSE pass (grade C) in Mathematics<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS237<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

B520 (1)


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide the student with a basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> optics including the necessary mathematical (with<br />

emphasis on alegebra and trigonometry) and theoretical skills<br />

To provide opportunities to apply the knowledge gained<br />

To provide the student with practical experience <strong>of</strong> simple optical systems to illustrate and support lecture<br />

material<br />

To provide appropriate preparation for the PHYS237 Visual Optics II module in Year 2<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student will be able to:<br />

Explain the principle <strong>of</strong> basic geometric optics: reflection and refraction <strong>of</strong> light and the optical principles <strong>of</strong><br />

thin lenses<br />

Explain the operation <strong>of</strong> the eye as an optical system<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The module will be delivered by way <strong>of</strong> a series <strong>of</strong> lectures with problem-solving sessions (tutorials within the<br />

Physics Department and Division <strong>of</strong> Orthoptics). A laboratory session will also be run to demonstrate the<br />

principles from the lectures in a lab environment. Formative assessments will be <strong>of</strong>fered to students in order to<br />

monitor their own understanding and performance.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS137 Mathematical Skills (1 hour)<br />

Algebra and trigonometry<br />

Geometric Optics (8 hours)<br />

Reflection <strong>of</strong> light<br />

Reflection at a plane surface (plane mirrors)<br />

Reflection at spherical reflecting surfaces (concave and convex mirrors) and<br />

image formation<br />

Calculation <strong>of</strong> position <strong>of</strong> images and magnification<br />

Ray tracing <strong>of</strong> reflection<br />

Refraction <strong>of</strong> light<br />

Snell's Law <strong>of</strong> refraction<br />

Refractive index<br />

Total internal reflection<br />

Refraction <strong>of</strong> light through a prism<br />

Factors affecting refraction through a prism<br />

Notation <strong>of</strong> prisms - prism dioptre, centrad, apparent deviation and refracting<br />

angle<br />

Calibration <strong>of</strong> prisms<br />

Prismatic effect <strong>of</strong> lenses (Prentice rule) with calculations<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> prisms in orthoptic practice<br />

Decentration <strong>of</strong> lenses<br />

Refraction <strong>of</strong> light at a curved surface<br />

Spherical lenses - concave and convex<br />

Cylindrical lenses - toric surfaces and toric lenses and interval <strong>of</strong> Sturm<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> cylindrical lenses to Maddox Rod<br />

Dispersion <strong>of</strong> light<br />

Optical Properties <strong>of</strong> Thin Lenses<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Ray tracing through a thin lens<br />

Thin lens formula<br />

Dioptric power <strong>of</strong> lenses - vergence<br />

Magnification formulae (linear and angular)<br />

Spherical lens decentration and prism power<br />

Calculations and ray tracings<br />

The Eye as a Thick Lens and Refraction by the Eye (3 hours)<br />

Thick lens theory - cardinal points and the thick lens in air<br />

Combination <strong>of</strong> lenses: as a thick lens and ray tracing through a thick lens<br />

Schematic eye<br />

Reduced eye and construction <strong>of</strong> retinal image<br />

Refractive errors - myopia and hypermetropia, asigmatism and correcting lenses<br />

Catoptric images - Purkinje-Sanson<br />

"Clinical Optics" by A R Elkington and HJ Frank, published by Blackwell Scientific Publishing<br />

"Duke Elder's Practice <strong>of</strong> Refraction" Revised by D Abrams, published by Churchill Livingstone. Out <strong>of</strong> Print,<br />

available in the library.<br />

"Physics for Opthalmologists" Edited by D J Coster, published by Churchill Livingstone<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Written Examination 1 hour 1 70 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Laboratory Reports 1 30 Summer vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO NUCLEAR SCIENCE<br />

2. Module Code PHYS138<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level One<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 12 12<br />

24<br />

Hours<br />

Problems Classes<br />

18. Non-contact hours 51<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

A-Level Physics or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F350 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2) F300 (2)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide the students with a broad introduction to nuclear science.<br />

To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in nuclear science.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in nuclear<br />

science.<br />

A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the physics involved in measurement techniques used in nuclear science.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used in measurements in nuclear applications.<br />

The ability to solve simple problems in nuclear science.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Students will attend 12 lectures and 6 x 2 hour problem classes in semester 2.<br />

Private study time is provided for completion <strong>of</strong> assignments.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS138 Radioactivity, decay modes <strong>of</strong> unstable nuclei. Naturally occurring and man-made<br />

radionuclides.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with materials; radiation dose and units, absorbed dose,<br />

exposure. Range <strong>of</strong> alphas, betas, gammas and neutrons in materials. Radiation<br />

shielding.<br />

Internal radiation dose, medical uses (therapy and imaging).<br />

Nuclear waste; high, intermediate, low level, options for storage.<br />

Radiation detection and measurement; simple radiation meters, personal dosimeters<br />

and film badges, spectroscopic systems.<br />

Activation analysis using thermal neutrons.<br />

Mass and energy, nuclear reactions.<br />

Fission; induction by thermal neutrons, chain reaction, moderators, control <strong>of</strong> the<br />

reaction, choice <strong>of</strong> materials. Safety aspects. Artificial transmutation.<br />

Fusion; nuclear reactions, simple description <strong>of</strong> fusion reactors (JET, ITER),<br />

applications <strong>of</strong> fusion reactions to astrophysics.<br />

There is no one recommended reference book. Suitable texts include;<br />

1) Nuclear Physics Principles and Applications : Lilley : ISBN 0471979368<br />

2) <strong>University</strong> Physics : Young and Freedman : Pearson Addison-Wesley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 90 minutes 2 70 August<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes


34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Problem Classes 6 x 2<br />

hours<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Subsumed by resit<br />

examination<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title VISUAL OPTICS II<br />

2. Module Code PHYS237<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> TJV Bowcock Physics Themis.Bowcock@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Allport Physics Allport@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

School <strong>of</strong> Health Sciences<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics Board <strong>of</strong> Studies<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Laboratory<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Miss HP Orton School <strong>of</strong> Health Sciences H.P.Orton@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

12 6 15 33<br />

18. Non-contact hours 42<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS137<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

"Clinical Visual Optics" and "Vision Science and Opthalmology" modules in Year 3<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

B520 (2)


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide the student with a further basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> optics including the necessary mathematical and<br />

theoretical skills<br />

To provide the student with opportunities to apply knowledge gained<br />

To provide the student with practical experience <strong>of</strong> physical optics, the eye as a thick lens, lens<br />

aberrations and instrumental optics to illustrate and support lecture material<br />

To provide the student with the appropriate preparation for the Clinical Visual Optics module in Year 3<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> this module the student should be able to:<br />

Illustrate the fundamental phenomena <strong>of</strong> physical optics; the properties <strong>of</strong> light, the interaction <strong>of</strong> light with<br />

matter, light sources and colour<br />

Illustrate the origin <strong>of</strong> aberrations and more specifically, spherical and chromatic aberration aberrations<br />

and astigmatism<br />

Interpret the principles <strong>of</strong> optical imaging systems<br />

Apply the optical principles to instruments used in the ophthalmological assessment <strong>of</strong> patients<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The module will be delivered by way <strong>of</strong> a series <strong>of</strong> lectures with problem-solving sessions (tutorials within the<br />

Physics Department and Division <strong>of</strong> Orthoptics) and computer-assisted learning opportunities. Formative<br />

assessments will be <strong>of</strong>fered to students in order to monitor their own understanding and performance. Five<br />

laboratory practicals lasting three hours will give the students the opertunity to test the theories being taught in<br />

the lectures and gain practice in making accurate measurements <strong>of</strong> optical systems and recording the results.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

1 Introductory Lecture (1 hour)<br />

2-5 Physical Optics (4 hours)<br />

Properties <strong>of</strong> light<br />

Electromagnetic spectrum - optical radiation, colour<br />

Wave theory <strong>of</strong> light and consequences - interference, diffraction and polarisation<br />

and orthoptc clinical application <strong>of</strong> polarisation.<br />

Interaction <strong>of</strong> light with matter<br />

Refection at irregular surfaces<br />

Absorption, transmission and scattering<br />

Light Sources<br />

Colour<br />

Continuous spectra and spectrum lines<br />

Filters<br />

Lasers<br />

6-8 Lens Aberrations (3 hours)<br />

Aberrations<br />

Spectral sensitivity <strong>of</strong> the eye and the addition <strong>of</strong> colours<br />

Monochromatic aberrations and paraxial aberrations<br />

Spherical Aberrations<br />

Sperical Aberrations and correction <strong>of</strong> spherical aberration in a lens and coma<br />

Aberrations and Astigmatism<br />

Tangential and sagittal planes and reducing astigmatism<br />

Cylindrical and toric lenses<br />

Sturm conoid and astigmatism in the eye<br />

Curvature <strong>of</strong> field and distortion<br />

Chromatic Aberration<br />

Dispersive index<br />

Laboratory assessment <strong>of</strong> chromatic aberrations<br />

Achromatic doublet<br />

Chromatic aberration in the eye<br />

Reducing lens aberrations in spectacle lenses<br />

9-12 Instrumental Optics (4 hours)<br />

General imaging systems<br />

Pinholes<br />

Telescopes - resolution, Rayleigh criterion, Galilean (and Rayleigh)<br />

Microscopes - principles <strong>of</strong> compound<br />

Eyepieces - Huygens (and Ramsden)<br />

Practical considerations for optical instruments - stops, aperture stop, chief ray<br />

and field stop<br />

Optical Systems<br />

Instuments for examining the anterior eye - slit-lamp biomicroscope, operating<br />

microscope, tonometer (keratoscope and keratometer)<br />

Instruments for examining posterior eye - direct opthalmoscope, indirect<br />

opthalmoscope and modification (findus camera)<br />

Instruments for refraction - retinoscope, duochrome test, cross cylinder<br />

Instruments for measuring lenses - focimeter<br />

Lab 1 Measurement <strong>of</strong> Dispersion using a Spectrometer<br />

Lab 2 Measurement <strong>of</strong> the transmisson curves <strong>of</strong> coloured filters<br />

Lab 3 Mixing coloured light and measuring spherical aberations<br />

Lab 4 Measuring chromatic aberations<br />

Lab 5 Building a microscope and telescope from component lenses<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Clinical Optics. Elkington AR, Frank HJ, Greaney MJ (1999). Blackwell Science. Oxford, Third Edition. ISBN:<br />

0632049898<br />

Duke Elder's Practice <strong>of</strong> Refraction (1978), Revised by David Abrams. Churchill Livingstone, Ninth Edition.<br />

ISBN: 0443014787 (Note: Out <strong>of</strong> print but available in the library)<br />

Physics for Opthalmologists. Edited by Coster DJ. Churchill Livingstone, First Edition. ISBN: 0443049351<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 1.5 hrs Semester<br />

2<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

70 August<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Penalty for late Notes<br />

submission


Laboratory Reports 2 30 Summer vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title COMMUNICATING SCIENCE<br />

2. Module Code PHYS241<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Workshops<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact<br />

24<br />

24<br />

Hours<br />

Workshop sessions<br />

18. Non-contact hours 51<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 1 Science Programme<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To improve science students' skills in communicating scientific information in a wide range <strong>of</strong> contexts<br />

To develop students' understanding <strong>of</strong> some concepts <strong>of</strong>:<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

Science in general<br />

Their particular area <strong>of</strong> science<br />

Other areas <strong>of</strong> science<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An ability to communicate more confidently<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the key factors in successful communication<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the needs <strong>of</strong> different audiences<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> a variety <strong>of</strong> written and oral media<br />

A broader appreciation <strong>of</strong> science and particular areas <strong>of</strong> science<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The learning and teaching strategy is essentially one <strong>of</strong> Problem Based Learning in the context <strong>of</strong> 3<br />

communication situations. In each case the students will have three-hour workshop sessions, including an<br />

introductory talk, exercises, discussion and production <strong>of</strong> Aims, Objectives and Evaluation Criteria for the<br />

particular situation. The students will then give their presentations in a following session (including written<br />

material) and receive constructive evaluation from each other and the tutor.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

The three communication situations will be:-<br />

1. Undergraduate (Level 1) lecture in student's own discipline.<br />

2. Research talk to scientists (based on departmental research).<br />

3. Presentation about science to a non-specialist audience.<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Workshop Sessions 2 100 None:<br />

N/A as<br />

exemption approved assessment is<br />

10/12/2004 timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

Approx. 50% written<br />

presentations, 50%<br />

oral presentations<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title THE PHYSICS TOOLBOX<br />

2. Module Code PHYS243<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> RN McGrath Physics R.Mcgrath@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr DT Joss Physics David.Joss@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

Mathematical Sciences<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Dr T Moore Physics T.Moore1@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr TM Mohaupt Mathematical Sciences Thomas.Mohaupt@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 24 36<br />

60<br />

Hours<br />

Problems classes<br />

18. Non-contact hours 90<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

As advised by the Physics department<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F303 (2) F300 (2) F521 (2) F3F5 (2) F352 (2) F350 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To reinforce students' prior knowledge <strong>of</strong> mathematical techniques.<br />

To introduce new mathematical techniques for physics modules.<br />

To enhance students' problem-solving abilities through structured application <strong>of</strong> these techniques in<br />

physics.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

After completing the module, students should<br />

have knowledge <strong>of</strong> all the mathematical techniques neccessary for physics and astrophysics<br />

programmes<br />

be able to apply these mathematical techniques in a range <strong>of</strong> physics and astrophysics problems.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The "tool-box" <strong>of</strong> mathematical techniques, together with many examples <strong>of</strong> their implementation in physics<br />

and astrophysics situations, will be introduced in the lectures. The weekly problems classes will require the<br />

students to implement these techniques in a series <strong>of</strong> graduated questions, exercises and problems. These<br />

classes will be overseen by the module teachers and demonstrators, who will <strong>of</strong>fer assistance when required.<br />

The students work will be handed in at the end <strong>of</strong> each session and marked by one <strong>of</strong> the module teachers.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

1 Topic 1: Problem-solving in physics and astrophysics using basic mathematical<br />

techniques<br />

Review <strong>of</strong> key results in complex numbers, vector algebra, determinants and matrices<br />

(multiplication, inverses, eigenvectors and eigenvalues, simultaneous equations),<br />

differentiation, expansion and approximation, integration, summation and averaging<br />

(including chain rule and integration by parts), trigonometry, Fourier series and<br />

analysis. Application to selected problems in physics and astrophysics.<br />

Topic 2: Scalar and Vector Fields in physics and astrophysics<br />

Differentiation <strong>of</strong> time dependent vectors. Scalar and vector fields. Spatial<br />

differentiation <strong>of</strong> a scalar field. Spatial differentiation <strong>of</strong> a vector field. Line, surface and<br />

volume integrals. Gauss' and Stoke's theorems. Application to selected problems in<br />

physics and astrophysics.<br />

Topic 3: Differential Equations in physics and astrophysics<br />

Formulating and classifying differential equations. Solving first order differential<br />

equations. Solving second order differential equations. Application to selected problems<br />

in physics and astrophysics.<br />

Topic 4: Partial differential equations in physics and astrophysics<br />

Partial differential equations. Solving partial differential equations. Application to<br />

selected problems in physics and astrophysics.<br />

Topic 5: Particle motion in physics and astrophysics<br />

Kinematics <strong>of</strong> particle motion. Forces and Potentials. Gravity and projectile motion.<br />

Motion <strong>of</strong> charged particle in a magnetic field. Work and Energy. Central forces.<br />

Inverse square laws <strong>of</strong> force. Orbits. The two-body problem. Rotating coordinate<br />

systems. Application to selected problems in physics and astrophysics.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

The recommended text is:<br />

Topic 6: Rigid body motion in physics and astrophysics<br />

Relativity and relativistic particle mechanics. Centre <strong>of</strong> Mass. Angular momentum.<br />

Moments <strong>of</strong> Inertia. Parallel and perpendicular axes theorems. Euler's equations.<br />

Applications to selected problems in physics and astrophysics.<br />

Further mathematics for the physical sciences, M. Tinker and R. Lambourne (Wiley)<br />

Several texts can be used as reference books:<br />

Engineering Mathematics, K.A. Stroud<br />

Advanced Engineering Mathematics, K.A. Stroud<br />

Advanced Engineering Mathematics, E. Kreysig<br />

Mathematics for engineers and scientists, A. Jeffrey<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

1 60 August<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Problem Sheets 1 40 Recovery<br />

opportunity in<br />

Summer<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ACCELERATORS AND RADIOISOTOPES IN MEDICINE<br />

2. Module Code PHYS246<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> RD Page Physics R.D.Page@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr HC Boston Physics H.C.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 24 4 24<br />

52<br />

Hours<br />

Poster project<br />

18. Non-contact hours 98<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS136 or PHYS122<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS386<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F350 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To introduce the students to ionising and non ionising radiation including its origins and production.<br />

To introduce the various ways in which radiation interacts with materials.<br />

To introduce the different accelerators and isotopes used in medicine and to give examples <strong>of</strong> their use.<br />

To develop the students presentational skills through the poster project.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

A basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the origins <strong>of</strong> radiation and its properties.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> ways in which radiation interacts with materials.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> how accelerators operate and how isotopes are produced.<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> applications <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> accelerators and isotopes in medicine.<br />

Improved presentational skills.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Student Handbook.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Origins and properties <strong>of</strong> radiation:<br />

Types <strong>of</strong> origins and effects <strong>of</strong> ionising and non ionising radiation. Atomic<br />

and nuclear energy levels, radiation <strong>of</strong> atoms and nuclei.<br />

Interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with materials:<br />

Photoelectric and Compton effects, pair production. Attenuation and<br />

absorption coefficients. Bethe-Bloch equation for charged particles, linear<br />

energy transfer, stopping power and range, Bragg curve. Interaction <strong>of</strong><br />

microwaves and lasers with materials. Effects <strong>of</strong> radiation on biological<br />

systems. Absorbed, equivalent and effective dose.<br />

Accelerators and isotopes:<br />

Acceleration <strong>of</strong> charged particles, types <strong>of</strong> accelerators used: cyclotrons,<br />

linacs and synchrotrons. Beam species and energies used. Production <strong>of</strong><br />

radioisotopes, properties <strong>of</strong> some common medical isotopes. Microwaves,<br />

basic properties and production.<br />

Examples <strong>of</strong> uses:<br />

Selected examples <strong>of</strong> uses <strong>of</strong> accelerators and isotopes in medical<br />

applications, such as PET, SPECT, X-ray imaging, brachytherapy, IMRT<br />

and heavy ion radiotherapy.<br />

Poser presentation:<br />

This will cover a topic from those listed above.<br />

"Nuclear Physics: Principles & Applications" by John Lilley published by Wiley<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes


(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Poster Project<br />

Assessment<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

opportunity submission<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

2 20 Summer vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES IN PHYSICS, ASTROPHYSICS & MEDICAL<br />

PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS247<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr JH Vossebeld Physics Vossebel@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr P Cole Radiation Protection Pcole@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

6 36 42<br />

18. Non-contact hours 33<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Physics A-Level or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F350 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop skills in programming using a OO language<br />

To use programming techniques to solve problems in physics and/or medical applications <strong>of</strong> physics<br />

To develop skills in modelling the solution to a problem<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working in small groups to solve a problem<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> communicating their results using computer packages<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> programming techniques in an OO programming language<br />

The ability to solve simple problems using a computer program<br />

Understanding the need to plan, properly structure and test computer programs<br />

Set up a model to solve a simple problem<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> working in a small group<br />

Improved communication skills using computer packages<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduage Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS247 Introduction to Java language using a simple program that outputs text and<br />

does simple calculations. This will be used to evaluate simple formulae.<br />

Use <strong>of</strong> more complex programming methods including parameter lists and<br />

loops; use <strong>of</strong> these for numerical integration and more complex mathematical<br />

expressions.<br />

Use <strong>of</strong> arrays, import <strong>of</strong> arrays into Excel and graph drawing.<br />

Use <strong>of</strong> random numbers; generation <strong>of</strong> histograms and gaussians, saving data<br />

to disk.<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> these techniques to problems through the use <strong>of</strong> sample<br />

programs.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Reports on Exercises 2 60 None:<br />

As university<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

Report on Final<br />

Project<br />

2 40 None:<br />

As university<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS248<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr S Burdin Physics S.Burdin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr CP Welsch Physics C.P.Welsch@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr A Wolski Physics A.Wolski@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

22 4 30 56<br />

18. Non-contact hours 94<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS123 or equivalent, MATH186 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To show how information from physical processes may be coded in analogue and digital electronic<br />

signals.<br />

To introduce the basic principles <strong>of</strong> analogue electronic signal processing.<br />

To give an introduction to Boolean algebra and its application to digital signal processing.<br />

To give a brief survey <strong>of</strong> current practice in signal processing technology.<br />

To develop the student's circuit building and problem solving skills as applied to electronic circuits and<br />

logic problems.<br />

To develop the practical and technical skills required for electronics experimentation and an<br />

appreciation <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> a systematic approach to experimental measurement.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> some basic methods <strong>of</strong> generating electrical signals proportional to physical quantities.<br />

The ability to analyse simple circuits involving resistors and capacitors and to determine their response<br />

to sinusoidal and square pulse waveforms.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> three-terminal semiconductor devices and their application to resistance-coupled<br />

amplifiers.<br />

Knowledge about positive and negative feedback and the effect they have on amplifiers.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> binary arithmetic and the use <strong>of</strong> Boolean algebra to analyse the operation <strong>of</strong> basic<br />

combinatorial and sequential logic circuits.<br />

An awareness <strong>of</strong> the principles involved in converting analogue form signals to digital form and vice<br />

versa.<br />

The skill to assemble, test and debug simple circuits involving the use <strong>of</strong> both passive and active<br />

electronic components.<br />

Improved written and oral communication skills.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Signals and components:- sinusoidal and pulse signals, voltage and current<br />

sources, resistive and reactive components.<br />

Linear circuit analysis:- D.C. circuit analysis, Thevenin’s theorem; Revision <strong>of</strong><br />

A.C. analysis using complex numbers; Resistive and reactive networks, analysis<br />

using complex number techniques; Filters, response to sinusoidal and pulse<br />

signals.<br />

Non-linear devices:- Semiconductor properties, p-n junction, use as a diode,<br />

rectification; Electronic control <strong>of</strong> current, 3-terminal devices, properties <strong>of</strong> JFET;<br />

Resistance-coupled voltage amplifier.<br />

Operational amplifiers:- Basic concept, negative feedback and virtual earth<br />

principle; Operational amplifier circuits, amplifier and voltage follower; Function<br />

circuits, addition, subtraction, differentiation and integration.<br />

Digital circuits and logic systems:- 3-terminal devices as switches; Logic gates,<br />

practical logic gate circuits; Boolean algebra, logic analysis via truth tables; de<br />

Morgan’s theorem, examples including XOR gate; Binary addition, decoders and<br />

multiplexers; Minimisation <strong>of</strong> logic expressions, Karnaugh maps.<br />

Sequential logic:- Bistable systems - flip-flops with synchronous and<br />

asynchronous operation; Flip-flops as memory elements - binary counters and<br />

shift registers.<br />

Interfaces:- Digital to analogue (DAC) and analogue to digital (ADC) conversion<br />

- principles; DAC with weighted resistor network; Counter ADC, integrator ADC,<br />

flash ADC.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Timer circuits:- 555 Timer applications.<br />

Practical Syllabus<br />

There are give experiments which are carried out in the same order by all students:<br />

E1 Filters and rectificaction - sections 2 and 3<br />

E2 FET amplifiers and switching circuits - sections 3 and 5<br />

E3 Operational Amplifiers - section 4<br />

E4 Logic Circuits - sections 5 and 6<br />

E5 Interface circuits - section 7<br />

"Analog and Digital Electronics" by P H Beards, published by Prentice Hall<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 70 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Practical Work 2 30 None:<br />

As university<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO STELLAR ASTROPHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS251<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr T Moore Physics T.Moore1@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

30 4 34<br />

18. Non-contact hours 116<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS122 or equivalent and PHYS134<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F3F5 (2) F521 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide students with an understanding <strong>of</strong> the physical processes which determine all aspects <strong>of</strong> the<br />

structure and evolution stars, from their birth to their death.<br />

To enable students to determine the basic physical properties <strong>of</strong> stars via observation (e.g.<br />

determination <strong>of</strong> temperatures, masses and radii etc. using continuum fluxes, broad-band colours, line<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>iles etc).<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

knowledge <strong>of</strong> how the basic physical properties <strong>of</strong> stars can be determined from observation.<br />

an understanding <strong>of</strong> how stellar structure can be probed using observable quantities and simple physical<br />

principles.<br />

an understanding <strong>of</strong> the changes in structure and energy sources for stars throughout their lives.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS251 Introduction & observables<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Hertzsprung-Russell diagram. Observables: Luminosity, colours, temperature.<br />

Measurement <strong>of</strong> stellar parameters (mass, radius, luminosity) and interrelations.<br />

Physical state <strong>of</strong> stars<br />

Hydrostatic equilibrium. The virial theorem and energy sources. Radiative and<br />

convective energy transport mechanisms. The four mechanical equations <strong>of</strong> stellar<br />

structure. Stellar interiors: Equations <strong>of</strong> state. Opacity. Nucleosynthesis.<br />

Introduction to stellar atmospheres<br />

Radiative energy, and flow. Equation <strong>of</strong> Radiative Transport. Line formation at the<br />

atomic level, including excitation and ionization. Line broadening mechanisms.<br />

Stellar evolution<br />

The onset <strong>of</strong> star formation. Jeans mass and length. Cloud fragmentation. Pre-main<br />

sequence evolution - Hayashi contraction. Convective and radiative stars. Scaling<br />

analysis.<br />

Structure <strong>of</strong> stars on the Main sequence and their respective lifetimes. Mass loss.<br />

Solar Neutrinos<br />

Post main sequence evolution - Central fuel exhaustion and core contraction/collapse.<br />

Structure <strong>of</strong> evolving stars and evolutionary tracks on Hertzsprung-Russell diagram.<br />

Low mass stars: helium flash, thermal pulsing, nebulae generation and white dwarf<br />

generation. High mass stars: carbon burning, blue loop excursions, supernova<br />

explosions.<br />

"An Introduction to the Theory <strong>of</strong> Stellar Structure and Evolution" D Prialnik, CUP, published by CUP.<br />

Background Reading:<br />

"The Physics <strong>of</strong> Stars" A C Phillips, Wiley & Sons<br />

"Stellar Astrophysics I: Basic Stellar Observation & Data" E Bohm-Vitense, CUP


"Stellar Astrophysics II: Stellar Atmospheres" E Bohm-Vitense, CUP<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />

Yr2 students only.<br />

Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Case Study Essay 2 20 Summer vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title ASTRONOMICAL TECHNIQUES<br />

2. Module Code PHYS252<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr C Simpson Physics C.Simpson@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

Dr SM Percival Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 6 36 6<br />

48<br />

Hours<br />

Problem Classes<br />

18. Non-contact hours 102<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS134, PHYS111<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS394<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:


F3F5 (2) F521 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop students' understanding <strong>of</strong> various techniques <strong>of</strong> data gathering and analysis in modern<br />

astronomy with particular emphasis on the underlying physics, allied with gaining practical experience<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

knowledge <strong>of</strong> the methods employed in the detection and analysis <strong>of</strong> light.<br />

a clear understanding <strong>of</strong> the methods employed in astronomical photometry.<br />

experience <strong>of</strong> the acquisition, reduction and analysis <strong>of</strong> astronomical data.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See the Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS252 The laboratory-based section <strong>of</strong> the module will consist <strong>of</strong> practical experiments in the<br />

general area <strong>of</strong> detection and analysis <strong>of</strong> light, for example:<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

the resolution <strong>of</strong> a telescope<br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> an astronomical CCD camera<br />

emission lines <strong>of</strong> atomic hydrogen: The Balmer series<br />

photometry <strong>of</strong> supernova 1995G<br />

measuring galaxy redshift<br />

The lectrue component will concentrate on positional astronomy and astronomical<br />

photometry covering the following areas: signal to noise calculations, detectors, filer<br />

systems, relative and absolute photometry, atmospheric effects, photometric standards.<br />

These lectures will be followed up by an exercise on the analysis <strong>of</strong> real photometric<br />

data <strong>of</strong> clusters, stars, galaxies or variable objects. A written assignment will also be<br />

produced consisting <strong>of</strong> a case study <strong>of</strong> an individual astronomical object.<br />

"Astrophysical Techniques" by C R Kitchin, published by Adam Hilger<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Laboratory Practical<br />

2 50 None:<br />

As university<br />

Work<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

Essay 2 20 Summer vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

Photometry Exercise 2 20 None:<br />

As university<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

Class Test 2 10 None:<br />

N/A as<br />

exemption approved assessment is<br />

10/12/2004 timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title THERMODYNAMICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS253<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr DE Hutchcr<strong>of</strong>t Physics Dhcr<strong>of</strong>t@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS124 or equivalent MATH186 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS393<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (2) F303 (2) F3F5 (2) F521 (2) F656 (2) F3F7 (3) F352 (2) F350 (2) FG31 (2) F344 (2) F326 (2)<br />

FGH1 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on material presented in the Year 1 module: Thermal Physics<br />

To introduce the concept <strong>of</strong> entropy<br />

To introduce thermodynamic potentials and Maxwell's relations and demonstrate their use<br />

To introduce phase changes and phase equilibrium<br />

To introduce statistical mechanics<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the laws <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics.<br />

Familiarity with entropy and thermodynamic potentials.<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> Maxwell's relations and their use in solving simple problems.<br />

The ability to distinguish between the properties <strong>of</strong> ideal and real gases.<br />

The ability to apply thermodynamics to simple situations involving solids.<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> phase equilibrium and phase changes including the Clausius-Clapeyron equation.<br />

Familiarity with Boltmann distribution, Partition Function and Bridge Equation.<br />

The ability to apply statistical mechanics to paramagnets, harmonic oscillators and gases.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Thermoydnamics:<br />

Review <strong>of</strong> Year 1 Thermoydnamics<br />

Use <strong>of</strong> partial differentiation<br />

Entropy<br />

Thermodynamic potentials<br />

Maxwell's relations<br />

Phonons and heat capacity<br />

Compressible materials<br />

Magnetic systems<br />

Cavity radiation<br />

Phase equilibria<br />

Third law <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics<br />

Statistical Mechanics:<br />

Basic concepts (microstates, macrostates, statistical weight, entropy)<br />

Boltmann distribution<br />

Partial function and Bridge equation<br />

Application to Paramagnet and Harmonic Oscillator<br />

Perfect Classical, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein Gases<br />

"Thermal Physics" by C B Finn, published by Stanley Thornes<br />

"Statistical Physics" by A M Guenault, published by Chapman and Hall<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes


(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

opportunity submission<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 80 August resit for<br />

Yr2 students only.<br />

Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Class Test or IT<br />

Exercises<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

1 20 None:<br />

N/A as<br />

exemption approved assessment is<br />

10/12/2004 timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ELECTROMAGNETISM<br />

2. Module Code PHYS254<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> CT Touramanis Physics C.Touramanis@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> TJ Greenshaw Physics Green@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 30 4 2<br />

36<br />

Hours<br />

Class test<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS123 or equivalent MATH186 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS370<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:


F521 (2) F303 (2) F300 (2) F3F5 (2) F656 (2) F350 (2) F352 (2) F3F7 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To consolidate elementary material from Year 1 and to provide the requisite background for further<br />

more advanced study <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic waves and electromagnetim.<br />

To introduce differential vector analysis in the context <strong>of</strong> electromagnetism.<br />

To introduce the formulation <strong>of</strong> Maxwell's equations in the presence <strong>of</strong> dielectric and magnetic<br />

materials.<br />

To develop the students ability to apply Maxwell's equations to simple problems involving dielectric and<br />

magnetic materials.<br />

To develop the ideas <strong>of</strong> field theories in Physics using electromagnetism as an example.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the application <strong>of</strong> differential analysis to electromagnetism and an understanding <strong>of</strong> the<br />

practical meaning <strong>of</strong> Maxwell's equations in differential form.<br />

Simple knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> how the presence <strong>of</strong> matter affects electrostatics and<br />

magnetostatics and the ability to solve simple problems in these situations.<br />

Knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> how the laws are altered with non static electric and magnetic fields<br />

and an ability to solve simple problems in these situations.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS254 Introduction and necessary mathematics<br />

Electrostatics<br />

Revision: Coulomb's law and the electric field<br />

Revision: Electric flux and Gauss' law<br />

Revision: Circulation and electric potential<br />

Calculating the field from the potential (gradient)<br />

Gauss law in differential form (divergence)<br />

Circulation law in differential form (curl)<br />

Poisson's and Laplace's equations and their solutions<br />

Magnetostatics<br />

Revision: Definition <strong>of</strong> magnetic field and calculation <strong>of</strong> the force<br />

Revision: Calculating the field: the Biot-Savart law<br />

Circulation and Ampere's law in differential form<br />

Magnetic flux and Gauss law in differential form<br />

Magnetic vector potential<br />

Electromagnetism<br />

Faraday's law in differential form<br />

Ampere-Maxwell law in differential form<br />

Maxwell's equations and their solutions<br />

Electrical magnetic fields in materials<br />

Electrostatic fields and conductors (method <strong>of</strong> images)<br />

Electrostatic fields in dielectrics<br />

Magnetostatic fields in materials<br />

Energy in the electric and magnetic fields<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Electrostatic energy<br />

Energy in the magnetic field<br />

Electromagnetic Waves<br />

Derivation from Maxwell's Equations; speed <strong>of</strong> light<br />

Energy flow, poynting vector<br />

Special Relativity<br />

Relativistic invariance <strong>of</strong> charge<br />

Lorentz transformation <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic fields<br />

EM <strong>of</strong> moving charges<br />

"Introduction to Electromadynamics" by D. J. Griffiths, 3rd ed. published by Prentice Hall<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />

Yr2 students only.<br />

Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Class Test or IT<br />

Exercises<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

2 20 None:<br />

N/A as<br />

exemption approved assessment is<br />

10/12/2004 timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title QUANTUM AND ATOMIC PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS255<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr ES Paul Physics E.S.Paul@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> M Klein Physics Max.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 28 4 12<br />

44<br />

Hours<br />

Project<br />

18. Non-contact hours 106<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS122 or equivalent MATH186 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS361<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2) F350 (2) F3F5 (2) F521 (2) BCG0 (2) FGH1 (2) F344 (2) FG31 (2) F326 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To introduce students to the concepts <strong>of</strong> quantum theory.<br />

To show how Schrodinger's equation is applied to particle flux and to bound states.<br />

To show how quantum ideas provide an understanding <strong>of</strong> atomic structure.<br />

To develop both written and oral presentation skills.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the reasons why microscopic systems require quantum description and statistical<br />

interpretation.<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the Schrodinger equation and how it is formulated to describe simple physical systems.<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> the basic technique <strong>of</strong> using Schrodinger's equation and ability to determine solutions<br />

in simple cases.<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> how orbital angular momentum is described in quantum mechanics and why there is<br />

a need for spin.<br />

Understanding how the formalism <strong>of</strong> quantum mechanics describes the structure <strong>of</strong> atomic hydrogen<br />

and, schematically, how more complex atoms are described.<br />

Improved written and oral communication skills.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Introduction to wave mechanics (3)<br />

Summary <strong>of</strong> breakdown <strong>of</strong> classical physics and wave nature <strong>of</strong> matter.<br />

Wavefunctions, wave packet and Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.<br />

Normalisation and particle in a box.<br />

Schrodinger equation - plane wave solutions (5)<br />

Shcrodinger equation, boundary conditions and plane wave solutions.<br />

Current density and step potential.<br />

Potential barrier and tunnelling.<br />

Transmission over a barrier, Ramsauer effect.<br />

Bound states (8)<br />

Concept <strong>of</strong> bound states.<br />

Finite potential well.<br />

1-D harmonic oscillator.<br />

Applications <strong>of</strong> the harmonic oscillator.<br />

Zero point energy.<br />

Operators and eigenvalues.<br />

3-D infinite potential.<br />

Orbital angular momentum and 3-D Schrodinger equation applied to a central<br />

potential.<br />

Atomic structure (8)<br />

Comparison <strong>of</strong> Bohr with Schrodinger solutions for hydrogen.<br />

Quantum numbers and spectroscopic notation.<br />

Magnetic moments and Zeeman effect.<br />

Stern Gerlach experiment and spin.<br />

Spin-orbit interaction and Lande g-factor.


32. Recommended Texts<br />

Pauli exclusion principle.<br />

Periodic table and Hunds rule.<br />

Transitions and X-rays.<br />

"Introduction to Quantum Mechanics" by A.C. Phillips, published by Wiley.<br />

"Quantum Physics <strong>of</strong> Atoms, Molecules, Solids, Nuclei & Particles" by Eisberg & Resnick, published by Wiley.<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 80 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Science<br />

Communication<br />

Project (Written)<br />

Science<br />

Communication<br />

Project (Oral)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

1 10 Summer vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

1 10 Summer vacation N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title NUCLEI, MOLECULES AND SOLIDS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS256<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr A Mehta Physics Mehta@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr ES Paul Physics E.S.Paul@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

21 4 25<br />

18. Non-contact hours 125<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS255 MATH186<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F350 (2) F300 (2) F3F5 (2) F303 (2) F521 (2) F352 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on material presented in Year 1 modules and in the year two module PHYS255.<br />

To introduce molecular physics and the band structure <strong>of</strong> solids.<br />

To introduce nuclear size, mass and decay modes with some applications.<br />

To introduce particle physics including interactions between elementary particles, the standard model<br />

and recent experimental discoveries.<br />

To introduce relativistic 4-vectors for applications to collision problems.<br />

To develop both written and oral presentational skills.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> how atoms are built into molecules and solids with some properties <strong>of</strong> both.<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> the basic principles determining nuclear size, mass and decay modes.<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> elementary particles and their interactions and how these are understood and<br />

investigated in recent particle physics experiments.<br />

Basic understanding <strong>of</strong> relativistic 4-vectors.<br />

Improved written and oral communication skills.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Molecules<br />

Solids<br />

Hydrogen molecule, electronic configurations.<br />

Molecular rotation, spectra, selection rules.<br />

Molecular vibrations, zero point energy, selection rules.<br />

Types <strong>of</strong> solid.<br />

Crystal structure and Bragg diffraction.<br />

Band theory <strong>of</strong> solids. Free electron model.<br />

Conductors, insulators, semiconductors.<br />

Elasticity.<br />

Nuclear Physics<br />

Rutherford scattering, electron scattering, nuclear size.<br />

Masses <strong>of</strong> nuclei, binding energy, semi-empirical mass fomula.<br />

Nuclear instability, decay modes.<br />

Applications <strong>of</strong> nuclear techniques, including dating, astrophysics and neutrinos.<br />

Particle Physics<br />

Forces and interactions, strong and weak interactions.<br />

Basic ideas <strong>of</strong> the standard model.<br />

Recent experimental discoveries.<br />

Relativistic Mechanics<br />

Principle <strong>of</strong> invariance.<br />

Introduction to 4-vectors.<br />

Relativistic collisions.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"Quantum Physics <strong>of</strong> Atoms, Molecules, Solids, Nuclei & Particles" by Eisberg & Resnick, published by Wiley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Science<br />

Communication<br />

Project (Written)<br />

Science<br />

Communication<br />

Project (Oral)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

2 10 Summer vacation As university<br />

policy<br />

2 10 Summer vacation N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title WAVES AND RELATED PHENOMENA<br />

2. Module Code PHYS258<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr BT King Physics Barryk@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

24 4 30 58<br />

18. Non-contact hours 92<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS126 or equivalent MATH186 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2) F3F5 (2) F521 (2) F350 (2) F656 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on material presented in year one modules.<br />

To introduce the use <strong>of</strong> waves in a wide range <strong>of</strong> physics.<br />

To give the student familiarity with interference and diffraction effects in many branches <strong>of</strong> physics.<br />

To develop the student's practical and technical skills.<br />

To give the student experience in making exact measurements using wave techniques.<br />

To develop the student's ability to present complex information clearly and precisely.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Familarity with waves and their analysis using the complex number notation.<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> interference and diffraction effects and their use in physical situations.<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> impedance.<br />

Acquired an introduction to the ideas <strong>of</strong> Fourier techniques.<br />

Acquired an introduction to the basic princples <strong>of</strong> LASERs.<br />

Improved practical and technical skills required for experimentation.<br />

Improved skill at planning, executing and reporting on the results <strong>of</strong> an investigation.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Wave motion<br />

Review <strong>of</strong> waves in one dimension - use <strong>of</strong> complex number notation<br />

The wave equation and its solution - one dimensional and three dimensional<br />

Waves in elastic media, earthquake waves<br />

Electromagnetic waves in free space as an example<br />

Phase velocity, coherence<br />

Concept <strong>of</strong> impedance<br />

Amplitude Reflection coefficient, Amplitude Transmission coefficient<br />

Energy reflection at changes <strong>of</strong> impedance<br />

Superposition <strong>of</strong> waves<br />

Addition <strong>of</strong> waves, beats, standing waves, wave packets, dispersion and group<br />

velocity<br />

Phased Array Radar<br />

Circular polarisation<br />

Bandwidth and Fourier analysis<br />

Diffraction<br />

Bandwidth theorems, relation to the uncertainty principle<br />

Fourier analysis, pulses <strong>of</strong> radiation, restricted apertures (diffraction), relation to<br />

bandwidth theorem<br />

Define Fraunh<strong>of</strong>er condition<br />

Single slit and circular aperture<br />

Effect <strong>of</strong> aperture size on interference patterns<br />

LASERs and their applications<br />

Basic principles <strong>of</strong> LASERs


32. Recommended Texts<br />

Examples<br />

Construction and operations <strong>of</strong> LASERs<br />

Some applications: optical fibres, communications, fusion, measurement,<br />

laboratory work<br />

Throughout there should be examples <strong>of</strong> where wave phenomena are met in physics.<br />

Some examples include:<br />

Particles as waves - de Broglie waves, scattering experiments (electron,<br />

nuclear)<br />

X-ray/neutron diffraction - use <strong>of</strong> wave phenomena to study atomic and crystal<br />

sizes<br />

Optical systems - limits due to diffraction and interference, resolution<br />

Electromagnetic waves - long wavelength examples <strong>of</strong> transmission, Poynting's<br />

vector<br />

Sound/seismic waves - examples <strong>of</strong> wave equation solutions and polarisation<br />

"The Physics <strong>of</strong> Vibrations and Waves" by H J Pain, published by Wiley<br />

"Optics" by E Hecht, published by Addison Wesley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 70 August<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Practical Assignment<br />

1 - MathCad<br />

exercises<br />

Practical Assignment<br />

2 - MathCad<br />

exercises<br />

Practical Assignment<br />

3 - PowerPoint<br />

exercise<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

10 hours 1 10 None:<br />

As university<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

10 hours 1 10 None:<br />

As university<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

10 hours 1 10 None:<br />

As university<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PRACTICAL PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS259<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Two<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Practicals<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr CP Welsch Physics C.P.Welsch@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr ES Paul Physics E.S.Paul@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr BT King Physics Barryk@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr VR Dhanak Physics V.R.Dhanak@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

72 72<br />

18. Non-contact hours 3<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS111 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None


24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F350 (2) F300 (2) F303 (2) F352 (2)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop the student's experimental and practical skills in:-<br />

Setting up and calibrating equipment<br />

Taking reliable and reproducible data<br />

Calculating experimental results and their associated errors<br />

Using Line-Fit, MathCad and other computer s<strong>of</strong>tware to analyse data<br />

Writing a coherent account <strong>of</strong> the experimental procedure and conclusions<br />

Understanding physics in depth by performing specific experiments<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Improved practical skills and experience<br />

A detailed understanding <strong>of</strong> the fundamental physics behind the experiments<br />

Increased confidence in setting up and calibrating equipment<br />

Familiarity with IT packages for calculating, displaying and presenting results<br />

Enhanced ability to plan, execute and report the results <strong>of</strong> an investigation<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong> mathematical modelling in describing physical phenomena<br />

Awareness <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> communicating results and experimental errors<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None. A laboratory manual is provided.<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Further training in experimental techniques and data analysis.<br />

Making measurements, analysing data and drawing conclusions from a variety<br />

<strong>of</strong> experiments in physics appropriate to Year 2 <strong>of</strong> study.<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Practical Work 1 100 None:<br />

As university<br />

exemption approved policy<br />

10/12/2004<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PHYSICS FOR NEW TECHNOLOGY PROJECT<br />

2. Module Code PHYS360<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 30<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Practicals<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

216 216<br />

18. Non-contact hours 84<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 300<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS111 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F352 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

To give the student the following:<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> working independently on an original problem.<br />

An opportunity to conceive, plan, propose and execute a project involving computer control <strong>of</strong> a system<br />

<strong>of</strong> transducers.<br />

An opportunity to display the quality <strong>of</strong> their work.<br />

An opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity.<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> report writing, displaying high standards <strong>of</strong> composition and production.<br />

An opportunity to display communication skills.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module,the student should have:<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> participation in planning all aspects <strong>of</strong> the work.<br />

Experience researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information.<br />

Improved skills and initiative in carrying out investigations.<br />

Improved ability to organise and manage time.<br />

A working knowledge <strong>of</strong> the hardware and s<strong>of</strong>tware required to allow computers to communicate with<br />

other pieces <strong>of</strong> equipment.<br />

An ability to select and use hardware and s<strong>of</strong>tware to solve a particular problem.<br />

Improved skills in report writing.<br />

Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

To achieve the aims and learning outcomes <strong>of</strong> the module, the student is provided with detailed instructions<br />

on the programming language to be used and on the operation <strong>of</strong> the various electronic interface modules<br />

available. While the student is encouraged to use their own initiative in conceiving and planning the project,<br />

close supervision is given throughout to ensure that the desired outcome is achieved.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

Some introductory programming exercises are used to allow the student to become<br />

familiar with the operation <strong>of</strong> the MicroLink data acquisition system. Some interface<br />

modules (such as analogue-to-digital converters, switches, counters, etc) are used<br />

individually and in combination to demonstrate how control systems can be<br />

constructed.<br />

In the middle <strong>of</strong> Semester 1, after having gained some experience <strong>of</strong> the capabilities <strong>of</strong><br />

the various modules in the MicroLink system, the student prepares a written proposal<br />

for a project which will occupy the remainder <strong>of</strong> the year. Details <strong>of</strong> the project aims<br />

will be handed in at the end <strong>of</strong> the semester 1.<br />

The student will keep a day by day diary showing the work done on the project and its<br />

progress. This will be handed in with the final report.<br />

The written project report will be handed in before the end <strong>of</strong> Semester 2. The oral<br />

presentation (or, with the approval <strong>of</strong> the Module Organiser, a poster presentation) will<br />

be given in one <strong>of</strong> the scheduled sessions.<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes<br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Programming<br />

Exercises<br />

Written Project<br />

Proposal<br />

Written Project<br />

Report<br />

Oral Project<br />

Presentation<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

opportunity submission<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

1 25 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

2 45 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

20 mins 2 10 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title QUANTUM MECHANICS AND ATOMIC PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS361<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> P Allport Physics Allport@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr A Mehta Physics Mehta@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS255 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS480<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (3) F303 (3) F3F5 (3) F521 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on the second year module on Quantum and Atomic Physics<br />

To develop the formalism <strong>of</strong> quantum mechanics<br />

To develop an understanding that atoms are quantum systems<br />

To enable the student to follow elementary quantum mechanical arguments in the literature and provide<br />

a basis for work in Semester 2 modules<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong> wavefunctions, operators, eigenvalue equations, symmetries,<br />

compatibility/non-compatibility <strong>of</strong> observables and perturbation theory in quantum mechanical theory.<br />

An ability to solve straightforward problems - different bound states and perturbing interactions.<br />

Developed knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> the quantum mechanical description <strong>of</strong> atoms - single<br />

particle levels, coupled angular momentum, fine structure, transition selection rules.<br />

Developed a working knowledge <strong>of</strong> interactions, electron configurations and coupling in atoms.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Student Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Quantum Mechanics:<br />

Operators, observables, eigenfunctions and eignvalues<br />

Dirac and wavefunction representations<br />

Probability distributions<br />

Time evolution <strong>of</strong> wavefunctions<br />

Many-particle systems<br />

Bound states<br />

Simple harmonic motion<br />

Angular momentum<br />

Central potential<br />

Free particles<br />

Compatible and incompatible observables<br />

Heisenberg's uncertainty principle<br />

Symmetries - inversion, translation, rotation, exchange<br />

Generalisation to J, ladder operators<br />

Spin<br />

Addition <strong>of</strong> angular momentum<br />

Perturbation theory<br />

Atomic Physics:<br />

"Quantum Mechanics" by F Mandl, published by Wiley<br />

Hydrogen atom, fine structure<br />

Helium atom<br />

Radiative transitions, selection rules<br />

Multi-electron atoms, periodic classification, Hund's rules<br />

Atoms in a magnetic field<br />

ASSESSMENT


33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ADVANCED OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY<br />

2. Module Code PHYS362<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr I Steele Physics Iain.Steele@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr IK Baldry Physics I.K.Baldry@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS251 and PHYS252<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F3F5 (3) F521 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To introduce students to the experimental techniques which enable astrophysicists to use the full range<br />

<strong>of</strong> the electromagnetic spectrum to study the physics <strong>of</strong> astronomical objects.<br />

To become familiar with the design <strong>of</strong> telescopes across the electromagnetic spectrum.<br />

To understand the physical basis <strong>of</strong> light detection across the spectrum.<br />

To understand observing techniques such as photometry, spectroscopy, adaptive optics, interferometry.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should:<br />

Understand and be able to compare and contrast the basic techniques and problems involved in<br />

observing all wavelengths <strong>of</strong> the electromagnetic spectrum<br />

Understand and be able to use and experimental concepts, as applied to observational astrophysics, <strong>of</strong><br />

signal-to-noise ratio, sampling, resolution.<br />

Be able to determine the observing technique most appropriate for a given scientific goal.<br />

Be able to plan observations at a variety <strong>of</strong> wavelengths<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See the Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Student Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS362<br />

PHYS362 Telescopes and detectors<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Basic design <strong>of</strong> telescopes across the electromagnetic spectrum.<br />

Detectors from millimeter wavelengths to gamma-rays. Physical principles,<br />

operations.<br />

Spectroscopic techniques<br />

Energy-sensitive detectors. Dispersive techniques based on gratings and/or<br />

etalons.<br />

Observing and data analysis techniques<br />

Sampling, resolution. Signal-to-noise ratio, data quality assessment.<br />

Calibration <strong>of</strong> raw data.<br />

Photometry and spectroscopy.<br />

Adaptive optics.<br />

Interferometry.<br />

G. Rieke: "Detection <strong>of</strong> Light. From the Ultraviolet to the Submillimeter", Cambridge <strong>University</strong> Press,<br />

2003 (2nd edition).<br />

D. J. Schroeder: "Astronomical Optics", Academic Press, 2000<br />

C R Kitchin: "Astrophysical Techniques", Institute <strong>of</strong> Physics Publishing, 2003 (4th edition)<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 70 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Tutorial Work 4 hours 2 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Class Test 1 hour 2 10 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS363<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> WA H<strong>of</strong>er Chemistry Wh<strong>of</strong>er@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F303 (3) F352 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop concepts introduced in Year 1 and Year 2 modules which relate to solids.<br />

To consolidate concepts related to crystal structure and to introduce the concept <strong>of</strong> reciprocal space.<br />

To enable the students to apply these concepts to the description <strong>of</strong> crystals, lattice dynamics and the<br />

electronic structure <strong>of</strong> condensed matter.<br />

To illustrate the use <strong>of</strong> these concepts in scientific research in condensed matter.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Familiarity with the crystalline nature <strong>of</strong> both perfect and real materials.<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the fundamental principles <strong>of</strong> the properties <strong>of</strong> condensed matter.<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the relationship between the real space and the reciprocal space view <strong>of</strong> the<br />

properties <strong>of</strong> crystalline matter.<br />

An ability to describe the crystal structure and electronic structure <strong>of</strong> matter.<br />

An awareness <strong>of</strong> current physics research in condensed matter<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Structure I: Crystallography: Crystallographic definitions, Bravais Lattices and Space<br />

groups, Common Crystal Structures, Indexing <strong>of</strong> crystal planes, Stacking sequences<br />

and crystal defects (4 lectures).<br />

Structure II: Diffraction and the Reciprocal Lattice: Laue diffraction conditions, the<br />

reciprocal lattice and diffraction, the diffracted intensity (4 lectures).<br />

Phonons I: Crystal Vibrations: Vibrations <strong>of</strong> monatomic lattice, phonons (2 lectures).<br />

Phonons II: Thermal Properties: Density <strong>of</strong> phonon modes, specific heat capacity -<br />

Einstein and Debye, thermal conductivity (2 lectures).<br />

Electrons I: Free Electron Fermi Model: The free electron gas, density <strong>of</strong> states (2<br />

lectures)<br />

Electrons II: Nearly Free Electron Model: Basics, Fermi surfaces and densities <strong>of</strong><br />

states (2 lectures)<br />

"Introduction to Solid State Physics" by C Kittel published by Wiley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Penalty for late Notes<br />

submission


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ADVANCED ELECTROMAGNETISM<br />

2. Module Code PHYS370<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr A Wolski Physics A.Wolski@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS254 and PHYS258 or equivalents MATH283 or equivalent is strongly recommended<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (3) F303 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on first and second year modules on electricity, magnetism and waves<br />

To study solutions to the wave equation for electromagnetism in free space, in matter and at<br />

boundaries<br />

To study solutions to the wave equation for electromagnetism in transmission lines, wave guides and<br />

cavities<br />

To study propagation through dispersive media<br />

To study electric dipole radiation<br />

To study radiation from simple antenna arrays<br />

To introduce 4-vector represnetation <strong>of</strong> electromagnetism in special relativity<br />

To further develop the students' problem-solving and analytic skills<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> wave like solutions to electromagnetic problems by using plane waves and<br />

boundary conditions<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the principles governing the guiding <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic waves<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the principles governing the emission and absorption at dipole antennae<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the principles <strong>of</strong> dispersion<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> retarded potentials<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> electric dipole radiation<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the transformation properties <strong>of</strong> E and B<br />

An enhanced ability to apply problem-solving and analytic skills to solve simple problems in each <strong>of</strong> the<br />

above areas<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Introduction, Maxwell's equations and underlying physics. Waves in free space,<br />

waves in a conducting medium. Poynting vector. Skin depth and shielding.<br />

Boundary conditions at an interface between two media. Derivation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Fresnel equations. Polarisation on reflection, total internal reflection. Reflection<br />

from a conductor.<br />

Waves in a rectangular conducting cavity. Microwave oven. Rectangular<br />

waveguides, TE and TM modes, energy transmission. Practical waveguides.<br />

Dielectric waveguides and optical fibres.<br />

Transmission lines. Solution <strong>of</strong> basic equations, reflection, attenuation, standing<br />

waves. Applications <strong>of</strong> transmission lines.<br />

Dispersion. Experimental situation. Dispersion in gases, solids, liquids and<br />

conductors. Propagation in the upper atmosphere.<br />

Scalar and Vector potentials. Gauge Invariance and Charge Conservation.<br />

Retarded potentials.<br />

Dipole radiation. Near and far field approximations. Radiated power. Half wave<br />

antenna, antenna rays. Satellite communications.<br />

Electromagnetism and Special Relativity. Current and potential 4-vectors.<br />

Minkowski representation. Transformation properties <strong>of</strong> E and B, fields due to<br />

charge in uniform motion.<br />

"Electromagnetism 2nd Edition" by I S Grant & W R Phillips, published by Wiley


33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title GALAXIES<br />

2. Module Code PHYS373<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr PA James Physics P.James@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr M Salaris Physics Maurizio.Salaris@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS251<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F3F5 (3) F521 (4)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide students with a broad overview <strong>of</strong> these complex yet fundamental systems which interact at<br />

one end with the physics <strong>of</strong> stars and the interstellar medium and at the other with cosmology and the<br />

nature <strong>of</strong> large-scale structures in the Universe<br />

To develop in students an understanding <strong>of</strong> how the various distinct components in galaxies evolve and<br />

interact<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

The ability to describe and discuss the structure and evolution <strong>of</strong> galaxies and their various components<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> and an ability to explain the detailed interplay between these components<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> their cumulative effect on the chemical, dynamical and spectral evolution <strong>of</strong> the galaxy as<br />

a whole<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

The Structure <strong>of</strong> Galaxies<br />

Size and basic structure <strong>of</strong> the Milky Way, the galactic centre. Morphological<br />

classification <strong>of</strong> galaxies. Characteristic light pr<strong>of</strong>iles <strong>of</strong> spirals and ellipticals.<br />

The Content <strong>of</strong> Galaxies<br />

Ages and distributions <strong>of</strong> stellar populations. Atomic gas: the 21-cm line, atomic<br />

hydrogen in the Milky Way and other galaxies, interstellar clouds, gas motions in the<br />

ISM. Ionised gas: exciting stars, Hll regions. Abundances <strong>of</strong> other elements. Interstellar<br />

dust: extinction, reddening, scattering and infrared emission. Size, shape, nature and<br />

quantity <strong>of</strong> dust.<br />

Dynamics & Stability <strong>of</strong> Galaxies<br />

Rotation <strong>of</strong> disc galaxies. Dark matter. The Tully-Fisher relation. Spiral structure.<br />

Velocity dispersion in elliptical galaxies and bulges. Relaxation. Time scales. Overview<br />

<strong>of</strong> bsic ideas <strong>of</strong> galaxy formation. Searches for high redshift and primeval galaxies.<br />

Evolutionary Phenomena in Galaxies<br />

Stellar populations and the spectral evolution <strong>of</strong> galaxies. The origin and evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

the chemical elements. Dynamical evolution and interactions <strong>of</strong> the ISM. Star<br />

formation. The Butcher-Oemler effect and the faint blue population at high redshift.<br />

Interactions and mergers, hot gas in galaxy clusters, fountains, bridges, starbursts and<br />

cooling flows. Morphology - density relations. Galaxy luminosity functions.<br />

Active Galaxies<br />

Quasars, nuclear black holes, Active Galactic Nuclei, and Unified Schemes.<br />

"The Structure and Evolution <strong>of</strong> Galaxies", S. Phillipps, published by Wiley<br />

"Galactic Astronomy", J Binney & M Merrifield, published by Princeton <strong>University</strong> Press<br />

"An Introduction to Modern Astrophysics" by B Carroll & D Ostlie, published by Addison-Wesley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 80 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Class Test 1 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY<br />

2. Module Code PHYS374<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr IK Baldry Physics I.K.Baldry@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr I Steele Physics Iain.Steele@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> C Collins Physics<br />

Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F3F5 (3) F521 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To introduce the ideas <strong>of</strong> general relativity and demonstrate its relevance to modern astrophysics<br />

To provide students with a full and rounded introduction to modern observational cosmology<br />

To develop the basic theoretical background required to understand and appreciate the significance <strong>of</strong><br />

recent results from facilities such as the Hubble Space Telescope and the Wilkinson Microwave<br />

Anisotropy Probe<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

The ability to explain the relationship between Newtonian gravity and Einstein's General Relativity (GR)<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> the concept <strong>of</strong> curved space time and knowledge <strong>of</strong> metrics<br />

A broad and up-to-date knowledge <strong>of</strong> the basic ideas, most important discoveries and outstanding<br />

problems in modern cosmology<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> how simple cosmological models <strong>of</strong> the universe are constructed<br />

The ability to calculate physical parameters and make observational predictions for a range <strong>of</strong> such<br />

models.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Module will be delivered in 32 lectures and accompanied by written handouts, which closely follow the material.<br />

Lecturer will make use <strong>of</strong> recent observational results in the field to underpin concepts and help explain the<br />

reasoning behind the most popular cosmological models. In addition to the usual tutorials, a few lectures will be<br />

turned into classwork using past exam paper questions.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

The physical basis <strong>of</strong> General Relativity (GR)<br />

The need for relativistic ideas and a theory <strong>of</strong> gravitation. Difficulties with Newtonian<br />

mechanics and the inadequacy <strong>of</strong> special relativity. Mach's principles, Einstein's principle<br />

<strong>of</strong> equivalence.<br />

Curved spacetime<br />

Geodesics, curved spaces, the metric tensor and the relationship between curvature and<br />

gravitation. Schwarzschild Metric.<br />

Introduction to Cosmology<br />

The origin and fate <strong>of</strong> the Universe. From Pythagoras to Herschel. Assumptions<br />

underlying the modern cosmology. Galaxies, clusters and superclusters.<br />

Geometry <strong>of</strong> the Universe<br />

Euclidean and curved spaces. Robertson-Walker (RW) metric. Expansion and the<br />

Hubble law. Redshift as a consequence <strong>of</strong> RW metric. Cosmological angular diameterdistance<br />

and luminosity-distance relations.<br />

Dynamical evolution<br />

The dynamical equations. The Friedmann models, open, closed, Einstein-de Sitter<br />

cases. Definition <strong>of</strong> Qo and Wo. The age <strong>of</strong> the Universe. Proper luminosity and angular<br />

distances in terms <strong>of</strong> Ho and z. Minimal angular diameter. Horizon size. Determinations<br />

<strong>of</strong> cosmological parameters. The distance scale. Limits on qo and Wo.<br />

The Hot Big Bang<br />

Matter and radiation dominated eras. Nucleosynthesis in the early universe. Cosmic


32. Recommended Texts<br />

Background Radiation (CBR). Brief history <strong>of</strong> the Universe from the Planck time to the<br />

present day.<br />

The New Cosmology<br />

Variations on the Standard Model. Inflation. Grand Unified Theories. The Anthropic<br />

Principle. The Cosmological Constant.<br />

The History <strong>of</strong> Structure<br />

Density fluctuations at early times. Hot and cold dark matter. Results <strong>of</strong> numerical<br />

simulations. Matter on large scales. Evidence for dark matter. Clustering seen in various<br />

surveys. Gravitational lensing.<br />

"Introduction to Modern Cosmology", A Liddle, (1999) published by Wiley<br />

Background Reading<br />

"Cosmological Physics", J Peacock (1999) published by CUP<br />

"Cosmology", P Coles & F Lucchin (2001) published by Wiley<br />

"Introduction to Cosmology", J V Narlikar (1993) published by CUP<br />

"Cosmology: A First Course", M Luchieze-Rey (1995) published by CUP<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />

PGT students only.<br />

Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Assignment 2 20 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title NUCLEAR PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS375<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr M Chartier Physics M.Chartier@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS256 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

PHYS490<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F303 (3) F3F5 (3) F521 (3) F352 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F350 (3) F300 (3)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on the second year module involving Nuclear Physics<br />

To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the modern view <strong>of</strong> nuclei, how they are modelled and <strong>of</strong> nuclear decay<br />

processes<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> evidence for the shell model <strong>of</strong> nuclei, its development and the successes and failures <strong>of</strong><br />

the model in explaining nuclear properties<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the collective vibrational and rotational models <strong>of</strong> nuclei<br />

Basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> nuclear decay processes, alpha decay and fission, <strong>of</strong> gamma-ray transitions and<br />

internal conversion<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> isospin and its significance for nuclear structure and reactions<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Bulk properties <strong>of</strong> nuclei<br />

Nuclear constituents, the nuclear chart<br />

Mass, binding energy, the liquid-drop model<br />

Separation energy, reaction Q-value<br />

Nuclear size, cross section, charge distribution<br />

Nuclear instability<br />

Nuclear energy surface, valley <strong>of</strong> stability, drip lines<br />

Isobaric disintegrations: beta-decay and electron capture<br />

Alpha-decay and fission<br />

Other decay modes<br />

The nuclear interaction<br />

Strong intensity, short range, the nuclear potential<br />

Isospin, charge independence<br />

Di-nucleon states<br />

Spin dependence<br />

Charge exchange<br />

Isobaric analogue states<br />

Nuclear structure models<br />

The nuclear many-body problem<br />

Single-particle model: the mean field<br />

The spherical nuclear shell-model<br />

Collective structure <strong>of</strong> nuclei: vibrational and rotational models<br />

Electromagnetic nuclear properties<br />

Electromagnetic nuclear moments<br />

Electromagnetic radiation - gamma-decay<br />

Weisskopf estimates<br />

Internal conversion<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"An Introduction to Nuclear Physics" by W N Cottingham and D A Greenwood, Cambridge Publishers<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO PARTICLE PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS377<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> M Klein Physics Max.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Allport Physics Allport@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 4 20<br />

18. Non-contact hours 55<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS361 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F521 (3) F3F5 (3) F303 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on the second year module involving Nuclear and Particle Physics<br />

To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the modern view <strong>of</strong> particles, <strong>of</strong> their interactions and the Standard<br />

Model<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Basic understanding <strong>of</strong> relativistic kinematics (as applied to collisions, decay processes and cross<br />

sections)<br />

Descriptive knowledge <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model using a non rigorous Feynman diagram approach<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the fundamental particles <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model and the experimental evidence for the<br />

Standard Model<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> conservation laws and discrete symmetries<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Introduction (1 Lecture)<br />

Overview <strong>of</strong> particle physics<br />

Relativistic Kinematics and Cross Sections (2 Lectures)<br />

Energy, momentum four vectors, short-lived particles, laboratory frame, fixed target<br />

experiments, centre-<strong>of</strong>-momentum frame, colliding beam experiments, luminosity.<br />

Quantum Numbers (1 Lectures)<br />

Charge, Coulour, Baryon, Lepton numbers, spin.<br />

The Standard Model (7 Lectures)<br />

Feyman diagrams, Electromagnetic interactions, electron-positron annihilation, colour<br />

factor, coupling constants, Deep inelastic scattering, Weak interactions, neutrinos,<br />

vector bosons, allowed decays, propagator, forbidden decays, Cabbibo, Tau decays,<br />

neutrino mass, Strong interactions, Gluons, Colour, Quantum Chromodynamics.<br />

Calculations (1 Lecture)<br />

Exercises on calculations from previous lectures<br />

Detectors and Accelerators (2 Lectures)<br />

Tracking, calorimetry, accelerator principles<br />

Outlook and Summary (2 lectures)<br />

Future development <strong>of</strong> particle physics, open questions and summary <strong>of</strong> course<br />

"Particle Physics" by B Martin and G Shaw, published by Wiley<br />

ASSESSMENT


33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title ADVANCED PRACTICAL PHYSICS (BSC)<br />

2. Module Code PHYS378<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr NK McCauley Physics N.McCauley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr A Mehta Physics Mehta@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr P Rowlands Physics P.Rowlands@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

108 108<br />

18. Non-contact hours 42<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS111 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:


25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F3F7 (3) F300 (3) F350 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To give further training in laboratory techniques, in the use <strong>of</strong> computer packages for modelling and<br />

analysis, and in the use <strong>of</strong> modern instruments<br />

To develop the students' independent judgement in performing physics experiments<br />

To encourage students to research aspects <strong>of</strong> physics complementary to material met in lectures and<br />

tutorials<br />

To consolidate the students ability to produce good quality work against realistic deadlines<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> taking physics data with modern equipment<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> some experimental techniques not met in previous laboratory practice<br />

Developed a personal responsibility for assuring that data taken is <strong>of</strong> a high quality<br />

Increased skills in data taking and error analysis<br />

Increased skills in reporting experiments and an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the factors needed to produce clear and<br />

complete reports<br />

Improved skills in the time management and organisation <strong>of</strong> their experimental procedures to meet<br />

deadlines<br />

Experience working as an individual and in small groups<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

Students carry out experiments in three 4-week blocks:<br />

Block A Radiation Detection<br />

Introductory group work on the use <strong>of</strong> radiation detectors followed by two <strong>of</strong> four<br />

experiments on samples that have been activated by a source <strong>of</strong> thermal neutrons<br />

Block B X-Ray Diffraction<br />

Group work on computer modelling to simulat x-ray diffraction from crystals followed by<br />

experiments to determine the crystal structures and lattice constants <strong>of</strong> two unknown<br />

materials<br />

Block C Quanta and Waves<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Group work on the explanation <strong>of</strong> quantum phenomena followed by two experiments<br />

selected from a pool <strong>of</strong> three<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Experimental Reports<br />

(including 15% for<br />

group work)<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 90 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Laboratory Diary 1 10 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PROJECT (BSC)<br />

2. Module Code PHYS379<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Project<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

108 108<br />

18. Non-contact hours 42<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F300 (3) F3F5 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working independently on an original problem<br />

To give students an opportunity to display the high quality <strong>of</strong> their work<br />

To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity<br />

To improve students ability to keep daily records <strong>of</strong> the work in hand and its outcomes<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> report writing displaying high standards <strong>of</strong> composition and production<br />

To give an opportunity for students to display communication skills<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> participation in planning all aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

Experience researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information<br />

Improved skills and initiative in carrying out investigations<br />

Improved ability to organise and manage time<br />

Improved skills in making up a diary recording day by day progress <strong>of</strong> the project<br />

Improved skills in report writing<br />

Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

A project outlined in general by a Supervisor will be assigned to the Student by the<br />

Module Organiser. In making his selections the Module Organiser generally attempts to<br />

choose projects which match each student's particular interests but cannot guarantee<br />

to do so.<br />

The student will keep a day by day diary showing the work done on and the progress<br />

<strong>of</strong> the project. Details <strong>of</strong> the project aims will be decided in discussions between the<br />

student and the supervisor.<br />

There will be regular scheduled meetings between the student and the supervisor to<br />

assess progress. At the end <strong>of</strong> the third week <strong>of</strong> the project, the student will produce a<br />

short written report which will specify the aims <strong>of</strong> the remainder <strong>of</strong> the project. This<br />

report must be filed in the Student Office.<br />

The supervisor will advise the student when to finish and devote all remaining time to<br />

writing the Report and preparing the Presentation.<br />

The Presentation will be given in one <strong>of</strong> the scheduled sessions.<br />

The Report and project diary will be handed in before the end <strong>of</strong> the twelfth week after<br />

the <strong>of</strong>ficial start <strong>of</strong> the project, or at any other time that may be <strong>of</strong>ficially announced.<br />

A Risk Assessment must be completed by the supervisor when the use <strong>of</strong> specialist<br />

equipment, chemicals or radioactive sources are involved. This must be signed by the<br />

student and the supervisor.<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes


(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

opportunity submission<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Project and Report 2 50 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Report 2 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Oral Presentation 15 mins 2 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title SURFACE PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS381<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr HR Sharma Physics H.R.Sharma@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To explain the physical properties <strong>of</strong> surfaces<br />

To convey an understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques <strong>of</strong> surface physics<br />

To convey an understanding <strong>of</strong> the extent to which surface properties can be monitored and controlled<br />

To show how the properties <strong>of</strong> surfaces are <strong>of</strong> technological importance<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the experimental facts concerning surface properties<br />

Insight into the principles <strong>of</strong> the techniques employed in surface physics<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the extent to which surface properties can be controlled and their relevance to<br />

technologies<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course material specified in the syllabus will be covered in lectures.<br />

The tutorial work will provide students with the opportunity to confirm their understanding <strong>of</strong> the material<br />

covered in the lectures.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Introduction<br />

The origin, history and importance <strong>of</strong> surface physics<br />

Ultra-high vacuum and surface preparation techniques<br />

Vacuum pumps. Design <strong>of</strong> vacuum systems<br />

Surface crystallography<br />

Low index surfaces, vicinal surfaces, wood's notation, matrix notation,<br />

superlattice, surface reciprocal lattice<br />

Physical Structure <strong>of</strong> Surfaces<br />

Growth<br />

Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED)<br />

Scanning probes: STM<br />

Structure<br />

Si(100) 2x1 and S(111) 7x7 reconstructed surfaces<br />

Crystal growth, interface growth modes<br />

Growth techniques, MBE, MOCVD<br />

Reflection high energy electron diffraction (RHEED)<br />

Optical monitoring <strong>of</strong> growth<br />

Aims <strong>of</strong> III-V growth<br />

Electron spectroscopy and surface analysis<br />

Electron escape depths, X-ray and uv photoelectron spectroscopies (XPS,<br />

UVPS), Auger spectroscopy for elemental analysis (AES), Core level shifts<br />

Case studies: The relevance <strong>of</strong> surface science to technology<br />

Band gap engineering, III-V semiconductor alloys<br />

Integrating Si and GaAs technologies<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

The growth <strong>of</strong> diamond<br />

"Introduction to Surface Physics" by M Prutton, published by Oxford (1994)<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PHYSICS OF LIFE<br />

2. Module Code PHYS382<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr HR Sharma Physics H.R.Sharma@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To explain the constraints on physical forces which are necessary for life to evolve in the Universe<br />

To describe the characteristics <strong>of</strong> life on earth<br />

To describe physical techniques used in the study <strong>of</strong> biological systems<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the framework <strong>of</strong> physical forces within which life is possible<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the nature <strong>of</strong> life on earth<br />

Familiarity with physical techniques used in the study <strong>of</strong> biological systems<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course material specified in the syllabus will be covered in lectures.<br />

The tutorial work will provide students with the opportunity to confirm their understanding <strong>of</strong> the material<br />

covered in the lectures.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

The Universe<br />

Brief overview <strong>of</strong> the basic physical forces. Necessary conditions for the evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

the Universe into a system in which chemistry and life are possible. The evolution <strong>of</strong><br />

atoms. Nuclear stability.<br />

The molecular basis <strong>of</strong> life<br />

The chemistry <strong>of</strong> life on earth<br />

The genetic code and the chirality <strong>of</strong> life.<br />

DNA, RNA amino acids and proteins. Protein folding. Chirality <strong>of</strong> living systems.<br />

Physical techniques for studying biological systems<br />

X-ray and optical techniques for the determination <strong>of</strong> the structure and function <strong>of</strong><br />

biological systems.<br />

Thermodynamic considerations and self organisation in chemical systems<br />

Brief overview <strong>of</strong> thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. The arrow <strong>of</strong> time.<br />

Chemical processes close toequilibrium, Free energies, crystallisation, Order and<br />

inactivity.<br />

Chemical processes far from equilibrium. Non equilibrium thermodynamics<br />

Energy flows. Instability and self organisation


32. Recommended Texts<br />

The importance <strong>of</strong> information in biology<br />

Biological evolution.<br />

Summary <strong>of</strong> the major transitions in evolution<br />

No foresight and no way back.<br />

"Just six numbers" by M Rees (Weiderfield and Nicholson 1999)<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title FURTHER STELLAR ASTROPHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS383<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr M Salaris Physics<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

36 4 40<br />

18. Non-contact hours 110<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS251<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F521 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

F3F5 (3)<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build upon the Level 2 module that introduced the fundamental concepts <strong>of</strong> modern stellar<br />

astrophysics and provide a more detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> several important areas<br />

To provide an explanation <strong>of</strong> the theory <strong>of</strong> stellar evolution, its relationship to observational data and its<br />

importance to other problems in astrophysics<br />

To describe the evolutionary phenomena <strong>of</strong> binary star systems<br />

To investigate objects such as white dwarf stars, neutron stars and black holes<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

A firm grasp <strong>of</strong> the fundamentals <strong>of</strong> the theory <strong>of</strong> stellar evolution<br />

A clear idea <strong>of</strong> how the theory <strong>of</strong> stellar evolution relates to observational data and its importance to<br />

other areas <strong>of</strong> astrophysics<br />

The ability to recognise and describe the origin and evolution <strong>of</strong> the characteristics <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong><br />

interacting binary systems<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Pre-main-sequence evolution<br />

Star forming regions; fragmentation and collapse; Hayashi tracks; brown dwarfs. The<br />

main sequence: mass limits; evolution across the sequence; solar and stellar winds.<br />

Post-main-sequence evolution<br />

Evolution <strong>of</strong> stars <strong>of</strong> different masses; evolution through the Hertzprung gap; helium<br />

burning and shell burning<br />

Final states <strong>of</strong> evolution<br />

Thermal pulses and instability; fate <strong>of</strong> low mass stars; mass loss; planetary nebulae.<br />

Chandrasekhar limit: white dwards. supernovae and supernova remnants; neutron<br />

stars; black holes<br />

Stellar populations<br />

Concept and definitions; simple stellar populations; age and distance determinations<br />

from stellar models and stellar population synthesis<br />

Interacting binaries, mass transfer and outbursts<br />

Roche equipotentials and Roche lobe overflow; detached, semi-detached and contact<br />

binaries; accretion discs/columns and wind accretion; cataclysmic variables: classical,<br />

dwarf and recurrent novae; binary evolution; Type 1 supernovae<br />

"Modern Astrophysics" by B W Carroll & D A Ostlie, published by Addison-Wesley<br />

Background Reading<br />

"The Stars: Their Structure & Evolution" by R J Taylor, published by CUP<br />

"Stellar Structure & Evolution", by R Kippenhahn, published by Springer-Verlag<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 80 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Class Test 1 10 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Oral Presentation 20 mins 1 10 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title RADIATION THERAPY APPLICATIONS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS384<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr P Cole Radiation Protection Pcole@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 28 4 20<br />

52<br />

Hours<br />

Project<br />

18. Non-contact hours 98<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS136 or PHYS122<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F350 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To cover the basic physics principles <strong>of</strong> radiation therapy.<br />

To understand interactions with biological materials.<br />

To understand the need for modelling in radiobiological applications.<br />

To obtain a knowledge <strong>of</strong> electron transport.<br />

To construct a simple model <strong>of</strong> a radiation therapy application.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module students will:<br />

have a basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> radiation transport and the interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with biological tissue.<br />

understand the principles <strong>of</strong> radiotherapy and treatment planning.<br />

be familiar with biological modelling.<br />

have a basic understanding <strong>of</strong> beam modelling for radiotherapy treatment.<br />

understand the need for Monte Carlo modelling.<br />

have a knowledge <strong>of</strong> electron transport.<br />

have experience <strong>of</strong> modelling a simple radiotherapy application.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Student Handbook.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Introduction to radiation transport and the Boltzmann equation.<br />

Review <strong>of</strong> essential interaction physics, review <strong>of</strong> relevant basic probability<br />

theory, dosimetry in healthcare applications.<br />

Outline <strong>of</strong> Radiotherapy modelling components, background to Radiotherapy.<br />

Simple radiobiological principles <strong>of</strong> radiotherapy, concept <strong>of</strong> treatment planning.<br />

General introduction to biological modelling, fractionation and treatment during<br />

effects, volume effects. Statistical techniques <strong>of</strong> biological model data fitting,<br />

data fits using real clinical normal tissue data, using model prediction data.<br />

Beam modeling for Radiotherapy treatment planning, lookup table approaches,<br />

convolution/pencil beam approaches.<br />

Monte Carlo Methods, requirements for random numbers, random number<br />

generation, random sampling methods, scoring and tallies, error estimation,<br />

variance reduction techniques.<br />

Electron transport including optimisation.<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Planning and Running<br />

<strong>of</strong> a Model <strong>of</strong> a<br />

Radiotherapy<br />

Application<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title MEDICAL PHYSICS PROJECT<br />

2. Module Code PHYS386<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 30<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Project<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

1 161 162<br />

18. Non-contact hours 138<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 300<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

Research based project work<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F350 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working independently on an original problem related to medical physics<br />

To give students an opportunity to display the high quality <strong>of</strong> their work<br />

To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity<br />

To improve students ability to keep daily records <strong>of</strong> the work in hand and its outcomes<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> report writing displaying high standards <strong>of</strong> composition and production<br />

To give an opportunity for students to display communication skills<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> participation in planning all aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

Experience researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information<br />

Experience in different aspects <strong>of</strong> modern medical imaging techniques including Monte Carlo<br />

simulations<br />

Improved skills and initiative in carrying out investigations<br />

Improved ability to organise and manage time<br />

Improved skills in making up a diary recording day by day progress <strong>of</strong> the project<br />

Improved skills iin report writing<br />

Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

A project outlined in general by a Supervisor will be assigned to the Student by the Module Organiser. In<br />

making his selections the Module Organiser generally attempts to choose projects which match each student's<br />

particular interests but cannot guarantee to do so.<br />

The student will keep a day by day diary showing the work done on and the progress <strong>of</strong> the project. Details <strong>of</strong><br />

the project aims will be decided in discussions between the student and the supervisor.<br />

There will be regular scheduled meetings between the student and the supervisor to assess progress. At the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the third week <strong>of</strong> the project, the student will produce a short written report which will specify the aims<br />

<strong>of</strong> the remainder <strong>of</strong> the project. This report must be filed in the Student Office.<br />

The supervisor will advise the student when to finish and devote all remaining time to writing the Report and<br />

preparing the Presentation.<br />

The Presentation will be given in one <strong>of</strong> the scheduled sessions.<br />

The Report and project diary will be handed in before the end <strong>of</strong> the twelfth week after the <strong>of</strong>ficial start <strong>of</strong> the<br />

project, or at any other time that may be <strong>of</strong>ficially announced.<br />

A Risk Assessment must be completed by the supervisor when the use <strong>of</strong> specialist equipment, chemicals or<br />

radioactive sources are involved. This must be signed by the student and the supervisor.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

The Physics with Medical Applications project will focus on aspects <strong>of</strong> Medical Imaging<br />

three key areas:<br />

Monte Carlo simulation <strong>of</strong> a radiation detector system using MCNP<br />

Image reconstruction <strong>of</strong> PET/SPECT data (FBP/MLEM)<br />

Practical project worth with PET/SPECT sensors<br />

Some example projects for PHYS386:<br />

"PET Imaging with Germanium Detectors"<br />

The project will investigate the prospect <strong>of</strong> using highly segmented germanium


32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

detector devices as a component <strong>of</strong> a Positron Emission Tomography (PET) scanner.<br />

The project will provide training in the experimental techniques required to extract<br />

energy, position and time information from a large volume semiconductor detector. The<br />

use <strong>of</strong> prototype detectors will provide quantitative experimental data, which will enable<br />

conclusions to be drawn regarding the position sensitivity possible with these new<br />

devices.<br />

"SPECT Imaging with CdZnTe Detectors"<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> the project will be to investigate the prospect <strong>of</strong> using CdZnTe detectors to<br />

detect gamma-ray photons. The project will provide training in the experimental<br />

techniques required to extract energy and position information from such a<br />

semiconductor detector. You will be expected to collect and analyse experimental data<br />

from CdZnTe detectors and produce a report that details the prospects for using<br />

CdZnTe as part <strong>of</strong> a SPECT camera.<br />

"Image Reconstruction <strong>of</strong> PET Data"<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> the project will be to investigate the algorithms that can be used to<br />

reconstruct computed tomography images. You will be expected to analyse<br />

experimental data from Germanium detector systems and produce a report that details<br />

the prospects for different algorithms as part <strong>of</strong> a Positron Emission Tomography (PET)<br />

camera.<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Project and Report 2 50 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Report 2 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Oral Presentation 15 mins 2 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title MATERIALS PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS387<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS132 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F352 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To teach the properties and methods <strong>of</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> a range <strong>of</strong> materials <strong>of</strong> scientific and<br />

technological importance<br />

To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the experimental techniques <strong>of</strong> materials characterisation<br />

To introduce materials such as amorphous solids, liquid crystals, and polymers and to develop an<br />

understanding <strong>of</strong> the relationship between structure and properties for such materials<br />

To illustrate the concepts and principles by reference to examples<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the atomic structure in cyrstalline and amorphous materials<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the methods used for preparing single crystals and amorphous materials<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the experimental techniques used in materials characterisation<br />

The ability to interpret simple phase diagrams <strong>of</strong> binary systems<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> Materials (1 lecture)<br />

States <strong>of</strong> matter, bonding between atoms, energy band structures <strong>of</strong> solids<br />

Crystalline, polycrystalline, and amorphous solids (2 lectures)<br />

Bonding in crystals, crystal defects, amorphous solids, glasses and the glass<br />

transition, the preparation <strong>of</strong> amorphous materials<br />

Methods <strong>of</strong> material characterisation (3 lectures)<br />

X-ray and electron diffraction: experimental methods and interpretation <strong>of</strong> data.<br />

Transmission electron microscopy. Scanning probe microscopy<br />

Crystal growth (1 lecture)<br />

Mechanisms <strong>of</strong> crystal growth, scanning probe microscopy studies <strong>of</strong> crystal growth,<br />

methods for growing single crystals<br />

Liquid crystals (2 lectures)<br />

Thermotropic mesophases, lyotropic mesophases, x-ray diffraction from liquid crystals,<br />

cell membranes, liquid crystal displays<br />

Polymers (2 lectures)<br />

Molecular structures, amorphous and semi-crystalline polymers. Applications: plastics,<br />

elastomers, fibres<br />

Biomaterials (1 lecture)<br />

Surface properties, biological response and biocompatibility, degradation <strong>of</strong> implants in<br />

biological environments<br />

Semiconductors (2 lectures)<br />

The preparation <strong>of</strong> pure silicon, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, amorphous<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

semiconductors. Epitaxial growth<br />

"Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction" (5th Edition) by W D Callister, published by Wiley<br />

Background Reading<br />

"The Physics <strong>of</strong> Solids" by R Turton, published by Oxford<br />

"Introduction to Solid State Physics" (7th Edition) by C Kittel, published by Wiley<br />

"Introductionn to Liquid Crystals" by P Collings & M Hird, published by Taylor & Francis<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PHYSICS OF ENERGY SOURCES<br />

2. Module Code PHYS388<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr J Coleman Physics J.Coleman@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr ES Paul Physics E.S.Paul@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS122 (or equivalent)<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F352 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop an ability which allows educated and well informed opinions to be formed by the next<br />

generation <strong>of</strong> physicists on a wide range <strong>of</strong> issues in the context <strong>of</strong> the future energy needs <strong>of</strong> man<br />

To describe and understand methods <strong>of</strong> utilising renewable energy sources such as hydropower, tidal<br />

power, wave power, wind power and solar power.<br />

To give knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> the design and operation <strong>of</strong> nuclear reactors<br />

To give knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> nuclear fusion as a source <strong>of</strong> power<br />

To give knowledge and understanding relevant to overall safety in the nuclear power industry<br />

To describe the origin <strong>of</strong> environmental radioactivity and understand the effects <strong>of</strong> radiation on humans<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Learned the fundamental physical principles underlying energy production using renewable energy<br />

sources<br />

Learned the fundamental physical principles underlying nuclear fission and fusion reactors<br />

Studied the applications <strong>of</strong> these principles in the design issues power generation<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong> mathematics in modelling power generation<br />

Learned the fundamental physical principles concerning the origin and consequences <strong>of</strong> environmental<br />

radioactivity<br />

Developed an awareness <strong>of</strong> the safety issues involved in exposure to radiation<br />

Developed problem solving skills based on the material presented<br />

Developed an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the problems <strong>of</strong> supplying the required future energy needs and the<br />

scope and issues associated with the different possible methods<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS388 Introduction (1 Lecture)<br />

Summary <strong>of</strong> global energy trends, energy consumption, global warming and CO2<br />

emission.<br />

Thermodynamic and fluid dynamics background (2 Lectures)<br />

The Greenhouse Effect. The thermal properties <strong>of</strong> water and steam. Carnot, Rankine<br />

and Brayton thermodynamic cycles. Geothermal power. Bernoulli's equation, Mass<br />

continuity equation, Euler's turbine equation.<br />

Hydropower, Tidal Power and Wave Power (3 Lectures)<br />

Resources. Power output from a dam and flow rate using a weir. Turbines, the<br />

Fourneyron turbine, impulse, efficiency. Tidal Power - Cause <strong>of</strong> tides estimate <strong>of</strong> tidal<br />

height, Tidal waves c=(gh)1/2, Power from a tidal barrage, Tidal resonance - Severn<br />

Bore, Economic and environmental effects. Wave Power - Wave energy derivations,<br />

Wave Power devices, Economics and Outlook.<br />

Wind Power (3 Lectures)<br />

Source <strong>of</strong> Wind Energy and Global Patterns. Modern Wind turbines. Kinetic Energy <strong>of</strong><br />

wind. Principles <strong>of</strong> horizontal axis wind turbine and maximum extraction efficiency.<br />

Blade design. Horizontal Wind Turbine Design and Fatigue. Turbine control and<br />

operation. Wind Characteristics. Power <strong>of</strong> a Wind Turbine. Wind farms and the<br />

environment. Economics and Outlook.<br />

Solar Energy (3 Lectures)


32. Recommended Texts<br />

Introduction - overall power - comparison. Solar Spectrum. Semiconductor review.<br />

Solar photocells Efficiency. Commercial devices. Light trapping in multi-layers.<br />

Developing technologies. Solar panels. Economics, environmental outlook for<br />

photovoltaic cells. Solar thermal Power plants, Ocean conversion, Stirling engine, Solar<br />

Chimney.<br />

Biomass (1 Lecture)<br />

Basic concepts and examples. Economics and Outlook.<br />

Basics <strong>of</strong> Nuclear Physics (3 Lectures)<br />

Nuclear binding energy, nuclear reactions, cross sections. Interaction probability.<br />

Attenuation, mean free path. Radioactive decay (various forms), decay chains, secular<br />

equilibrium. Stability curve, neutrons and their interactions, fission - energy release,<br />

mass distribution, neutron emission.<br />

Principles <strong>of</strong> Nuclear Fission Reactors (3 Lectures)<br />

Chain reactions, reproduction constant, moderation, thermal reactors. Kinematics <strong>of</strong><br />

moderators, neutron cycle in infinite reactors, energy production, consumption <strong>of</strong> 235U.<br />

Fast reactors, breeder reactors, breeder cycle.<br />

Reactor Theory (3 Lectures)<br />

Neutron diffusion theory and the diffusion equation. The reactor equation. Buckling<br />

parameter. Boundary conditions and solutions <strong>of</strong> the reactor equation. Migration length.<br />

Improvements to the model. Boundary extrapolation.<br />

Reactor Operations (2 Lectures)<br />

Real reactors - layout, thermodynamics, Magnox, AGR, PWR and accelerator driven<br />

fission. Operating characteristics, delayed neutrons, control systems, reactor<br />

kinematics and reactor poisons.<br />

Energy from Fusion (3 Lectures)<br />

Advantages over fission, thermonuclear approach, amplification factor, conditions for<br />

fusion. Energy production in a plasma, energy losses, break even temperature,<br />

Lawson condition. Magnetic confinement, tokomak, pinch effect, heating <strong>of</strong> plasma,<br />

present status and outlook.<br />

Radiation Issues (4 Lectures)<br />

Interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with matter, units, biological effects, radiation weighting factors.<br />

Effects on humans, calculation <strong>of</strong> doses, monitoring radiation. radiation protection.<br />

Shielding nuclear reactors. Reactor accidents. Radioactive fission products and their<br />

effects. Sources <strong>of</strong> environmental radiation - decay chains <strong>of</strong> uranium and thorium -<br />

Radon - 40K - cosmic rays. Recommended limits above the natural level.<br />

Energy and Society (1 Lecture)<br />

Summary future needs, possible contributions from each source, issues associated<br />

with each source.<br />

"Energy Science Principles, technologies and impact" Andrews & Jelly, published by OUP<br />

"Nuclear Physics - Principles and Applications" J Lilley, published by Wiley<br />

Further Reading:<br />

"Physics <strong>of</strong> the Environment" A W Brinkman, published by Imperial College Press<br />

"The Elements <strong>of</strong> Nuclear Power" by D J Bennet and J R Thomson, 3rd edition, published by Longman<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes<br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

opportunity submission<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 2 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title SEMICONDUCTOR APPLICATIONS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS389<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS132<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F352 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop the physics concepts describing semiconductors in sufficient details for the purpose <strong>of</strong><br />

understanding the construction and operation <strong>of</strong> common semiconductor devices<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the basic theory <strong>of</strong> p-n junctions<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the structure and function <strong>of</strong> a variety <strong>of</strong> semiconductor devices<br />

An overview <strong>of</strong> semiconductor device manufacturing processes<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the basic processes involved in the interaction <strong>of</strong> radiation with matter<br />

Understanding the application <strong>of</strong> semiconductors in Nuclear and Particle physics<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS389 The band structures <strong>of</strong> typical semiconductors. Crystal momentum and effective<br />

mass<br />

Transport phenomena. Drift and diffusion<br />

The p-n junction. Depletion layer width and capacitance. Current - voltage<br />

characteristic<br />

Zener and avalanche breakdown in p-n junctions<br />

The physical principles <strong>of</strong> bipolar transistors<br />

(FET's), MOSFETs and MESFETS<br />

Semiconductor device manufacture<br />

The absorption <strong>of</strong> light by semiconductors<br />

Nuclear radiation detection<br />

Range <strong>of</strong> charged particles<br />

Gamma radiation<br />

Silicon and Germanium detectors<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"Semiconductor Devices, Physics and Technology" by S M Sze, published by Wiley<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title STATISTICAL AND LOW TEMPERATURE PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS393<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr KM Hock Physics K.M.Hock@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr S Burdin Physics S.Burdin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS253 and PHYS255<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F303 (3 or 4)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on material presented in earlier Thermal Physics and Quantum Mechanics courses<br />

To develop the statistical treatment <strong>of</strong> quantum systems<br />

To use theoretical techniques to predict experimental observeables<br />

To introduce the basic principles governing the behaviour <strong>of</strong> liquid helium and superconductors in<br />

cooling techniques<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> the statistical basis <strong>of</strong> entropy and temperature<br />

Ability to devise expressions for observeables, (heat capacity, magnetisation) from statistical treatment<br />

<strong>of</strong> quantum systems<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> Maxwell Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose Einstein gases<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> cooling techniques<br />

Knowledge and understanding <strong>of</strong> basic theories <strong>of</strong> liquid helium behaviour and superconductivity in<br />

cooling techniques<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Lectures to define the material, tutorials linked to lecture material to reinforce the quantitative aspects <strong>of</strong> the<br />

topics covered.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS393 Basic ideas, macrostate, microstates, averaging, distributions, statistical entropy<br />

Distinguisable particles, statistical definition <strong>of</strong> temperature<br />

Boltzmann distribution, partition function<br />

Calculation <strong>of</strong> thermodynamic functions<br />

Spin 1/2 solid, localised harmonic oscillators<br />

Gases<br />

States in boxes, example He gas<br />

Identical particles - fermions and bosons<br />

Microstates for gas - Fermi Dirac, Bose Einstein, Maxwell Boltzmann<br />

distributions<br />

Maxwell Boltzmann gases - speed distribution<br />

Diatomic gases - heat capacity. Heat capacity <strong>of</strong> H2.<br />

Fermi Dirac gases. Aplication to metals, He3.<br />

Bose Einstein gases. Application to He4, photons, phonons<br />

Cooling techniques - liquefaction <strong>of</strong> gases, Joule Kelvin effect, Liquefiers. 3He<br />

dilution refrigerator, Adiabatic demagnetisation, Nuclear demagnetisation<br />

Liquid He4 - superfluid he4. Two fluid model theories <strong>of</strong> He II<br />

Liquid He3. Experiment - ideas<br />

Superconductivity. Normal conductivity, basic properties <strong>of</strong> superconductors:<br />

Phenomenological models, two fluid model, London theory; Deductions for<br />

experiment. BCS theory; Recent developments - high Tc superconductors<br />

(optional)<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"Statistical Physics", Guenault (optional)<br />

"Statistical Mechanics - A Survival Guide", A. M. Glazer and J. S. Wark, Oxford <strong>University</strong> Press, 2001<br />

(available as ebook in <strong>Liverpool</strong> <strong>University</strong> library)<br />

"Matter and Methods at Low Temperatures," Frank Pobell. Springer, 2nd edition, 2002 [Chapters 1, 5, 7 and 9]<br />

(available as ebook in <strong>Liverpool</strong> <strong>University</strong> library)


"Low Temperature Physics", C. Enss and S. Hunklinger, Springer, 2005 [Chapters 1, 6, 7, 8 and 11] (available<br />

as ebook in <strong>Liverpool</strong> <strong>University</strong> library) (optional)<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 100 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY<br />

2. Module Code PHYS394<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr MJ Darnley Physics M.Darnley@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr AM Newsam Physics Anewsam@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Fieldwork<br />

16. Location Off Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

84<br />

12<br />

A combination <strong>of</strong> supervised Classes to<br />

practical work using the help/aid with the<br />

telescope and related analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

equipment, and both astronomical<br />

supervised and un-supervised data following<br />

data analysis work<br />

the field trip<br />

18. Non-contact hours 54<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

Field trip to Izana<br />

Classes to help with<br />

Observatory, Tenerife, Spain, data reduction and<br />

in May/June between Year 2 project reports - Year 3<br />

and Year 3<br />

semester 1<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS251 and PHYS252<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

96


None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F3F5 (3) F521 (3)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide practice in the planning and execution <strong>of</strong> a programme <strong>of</strong> astronomical observations<br />

To provide training in the application <strong>of</strong> astronomical co-ordinate systems<br />

To provide competence in the handling <strong>of</strong> a large astronomical telescope<br />

To gain experience in making, calibrating and analysing astronomical measurements using a CCD<br />

camera and spectrometer<br />

To gain experience in preparing a written report based on the results <strong>of</strong> astronomical work<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

The ability to plan and execute a simple programme <strong>of</strong> astronomical observations and measurements<br />

Familiarity with astronomical coordinate systems and the ability to find astronomical objects in the sky<br />

Skills in pointing and adjusting a large, manually controlled astronomical telescope<br />

The ability to take, reduce and analyse astronomical data to produce physically meaningful information.<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> observing at a pr<strong>of</strong>essional high-altitude observatory<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> preparing a written report based on the results <strong>of</strong> astronomical work<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The module takes the form <strong>of</strong> a week-long field trip to the Mons 50-cm Telescope at the Izana Observatory in<br />

Tenerife. Students are split into teams <strong>of</strong> three or four and learn to locate objects in the sky using positional<br />

astronomy. They then learn how to point the telescope by hand and how to anticipate the transit <strong>of</strong> objects<br />

through the field <strong>of</strong> view. Students begin by identifying bright stars in the sky to find with the telescope. They<br />

then calibrate the telescope pointing and use this calibration to find objects not visible with the naked eye. A<br />

set <strong>of</strong> optical transmission filters are calibrated using standard stars and quantitative measurements made,<br />

using a CCD camera, <strong>of</strong>, e.g. planetary nebulae and star clusters. The latter measurements are used to<br />

construct a Hertzprung-Russell diagram. Observations <strong>of</strong> variable stars are made to obtain the light curve and<br />

then images and spectra are taken <strong>of</strong> objects such as faint galaxies. Students keep individual project log<br />

books which are assessed at the end <strong>of</strong> the week. Participation, teamwork and individual initiative are also<br />

assessed. Following their return, students must produce a written report on an aspect <strong>of</strong> their work.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

1 The planning and execution <strong>of</strong> a programme <strong>of</strong> astronomical observations<br />

The application <strong>of</strong> astronomical co-ordinate systems<br />

The handling and pointing <strong>of</strong> a large astronomical telescope<br />

Making, calibrating and analysing astronomical measurements using a CCD<br />

camera and spectrometer<br />

Keeping an experimental log book<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"Astrophysical Techniques", C.R. Kitchen, Institute <strong>of</strong> Physics<br />

Further Reading: PHYS252 lecture notes<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Field Work One week 3 (<strong>of</strong><br />

second<br />

year)<br />

Lab Books One week 3 (<strong>of</strong><br />

second<br />

year)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

60 N/A N/A This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

10 N/A As university<br />

policy<br />

Project Report 1 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title APPLIED PHYSICS PROJECT<br />

2. Module Code PHYS395<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr U Klein Physics Uta.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Project<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

1<br />

The module begins<br />

with a lecture<br />

explaining the structure<br />

<strong>of</strong> the team project<br />

11<br />

The<br />

session is<br />

an<br />

observed<br />

meeting <strong>of</strong><br />

the project<br />

team once<br />

a week<br />

1<br />

Assessment<br />

18. Non-contact hours 137<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 2 <strong>of</strong> a Physics UG programme<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

13<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F3F5 (3) F300 (3)<br />

The aims <strong>of</strong> the module are<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To give students an insight into applied research<br />

To help students gain a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the needs <strong>of</strong> industry and the opportunities available to<br />

them as physicists<br />

To give students experience in team work and project management<br />

To encourage self-assessment<br />

To improve communication with clients and with research collaborators<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have the ability to<br />

Plan a research project<br />

Work in a team to carryout a research project<br />

Obtain information, evaluate its relevance, write a scientific report and present a poster covering the<br />

relevant material<br />

Collaborate to satisfy a client's requirements<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

By participating in a team project with industrial focus the students will learn the importance <strong>of</strong><br />

communication, cooperation and reliability. They will also have an opportunity to develop imaginative solutions<br />

to problems and to test them out on a real problem.<br />

The problem is specified by the external sponsor. The team <strong>of</strong> students will then discuss their approach to<br />

solving the problem and decide who is going to tackle the various aspects <strong>of</strong> the problem. The group meets<br />

regularly (weekly) with the academic supervisor, who <strong>of</strong>fers advice and may suggest approaches to tackling<br />

the problem.<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the project the team writes a group report which is assessed by the academic supervisor, a<br />

second supervisor and the external sponsor. An individual's contribution to the project is assessed by the<br />

academic supervisor. The team presents a poster which is assessed by academics and the external sponsor.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

The project is an exercise in working within a team structure to devise and report on a<br />

solution to a simulated problem. The solution will require the application <strong>of</strong> physics.<br />

Groups will be <strong>of</strong> three or four students with an academic observer. Formal meetings<br />

will be held to discuss approaches to the problem, assigning <strong>of</strong> individual tasks and coordinating<br />

the writing <strong>of</strong> the report.<br />

ASSESSMENT


33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Project Team Report ~10,000<br />

words<br />

Individual<br />

Contribution to Team<br />

Project<br />

Individual Student<br />

Log<br />

Team Poster<br />

Presentation<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

2 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

2 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

1 hour 2 10 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously. It is<br />

marked by the<br />

academic supervisor,<br />

a second academic<br />

supervisor and an<br />

external sponsor.<br />

The three marks<br />

count equally. If any<br />

mark differs<br />

substantially from the<br />

other two then a<br />

moderation process<br />

is applied. The same<br />

mark is given to<br />

each student in the<br />

team.<br />

N/A This is not marked<br />

anonymously. This<br />

mark is an<br />

evaluation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

student's contribution<br />

to the team project<br />

from the team<br />

project report and<br />

from observation <strong>of</strong><br />

team meetings by<br />

the academic<br />

supervisor.<br />

N/A This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously. This<br />

mark is from the<br />

individual project log<br />

assessed by the<br />

academic supervisor<br />

and a second<br />

supervisor. If the two<br />

supervisors' marks<br />

differ substantially<br />

then a moderation<br />

process is applied.<br />

This is the last<br />

assessment <strong>of</strong> the<br />

student.<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously. The<br />

poster is marked by<br />

academics and<br />

external sponsors <strong>of</strong><br />

this and other team<br />

projects. The same<br />

mark is given to<br />

each student in the<br />

team.<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title UNDERGRADUATE AMBASSADORS PROJECT<br />

2. Module Code PHYS396<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level Level Three<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> P Weightman Physics Peterw@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Work Place Learning<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

10<br />

Initial training at <strong>University</strong> led<br />

by module leader + fortnightly<br />

seminar on current progress<br />

30<br />

School Placement<br />

18. Non-contact hours 110<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 2 <strong>of</strong> a Physics UG programme<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

F300 (3) F3F5 (3)<br />

40


Students must pass an interview with module leader and Ogden Science Officer to be accepted on this<br />

module. Completion <strong>of</strong> PHYS241 Communicating Science desirable, or student has alternate<br />

training/experience. Criteria for Acceptance: Student displays genuine interest in school environment. Student<br />

can commit to visit school every week, be punctual, appropriately dressed and well prepared.<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To provide undergraduates with key transferable skills.<br />

To provide students with opportunity to learn to communicate physics at different levels.<br />

To provide students with work-place experience.<br />

To provide students with the opportunity to work with staff in a different environment with different<br />

priorities to the <strong>University</strong>.<br />

To provide teaching experience that encourages undergraduates to consider a career in teaching.<br />

To supply role models for secondary school students.<br />

To provide support and teaching assistance to secondary school teachers.<br />

To encourage a new generation <strong>of</strong> physicists.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

By the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student will be able to<br />

Communicate physics effectively to others<br />

Plan a lesson<br />

Design a worksheet<br />

Evaluate their planning<br />

Assess the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a session or worksheet that they have designed<br />

Prioritise their work<br />

Manage small groups <strong>of</strong> pupils (e.g. to complete an experiment)<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The project is an exercise in working within a work-place environment. The student will work closely with one<br />

or more teachers with whom they will meet regularly to discuss their progress and ideas for lessons. The<br />

student will design sections <strong>of</strong> (or entire) lessons on which they will receive feedback from the teacher before<br />

and after they have delivered the lesson.<br />

Once accepted at interview, the student will undergo a full day <strong>of</strong> training at the <strong>University</strong> prior to attending<br />

the school. This training will cover the structure <strong>of</strong> the module (including details <strong>of</strong> assessment), and an<br />

introduction to communication and organisation skills.<br />

The students will spend 1 school day (3-4 hours) per week in school for 8-10 weeks. At the school the<br />

student is expected to progress from observation to assisting in the classroom to delivering in part and full<br />

lessons. A weekly log must be completed.<br />

The student will have a seminar (~1 hour) with their supervisor once per fortnight either individually or in a<br />

group, and be observed in the classroom by their supervisor.<br />

The student will also complete a ‘Special Project’ which can, but is not limited to, be a set <strong>of</strong> lessons, a set <strong>of</strong><br />

worksheets, a website, or other which is implemented and evaluated. Outcomes should be evaluated and<br />

discussed in their presentation and final report.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

The project is an exercise in working within a work-place environment. The student<br />

will work closely with one or more teachers with whom they will meet regularly to<br />

discuss their progress and ideas for lessons. The student will design sections <strong>of</strong> (or<br />

entire) lessons on which they will receive feedback from the teacher before and after<br />

they have delivered the lesson.<br />

Their Special Project requires them to develop, implement and evaluate a project with<br />

support from their tutor at the fortnightly meetings and their teacher.<br />

Students will be directed to appropriate research articles<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Reflective Journal<br />

(similar to log book<br />

for projects)<br />

Performance in<br />

School as evidenced<br />

by feedback from<br />

Teacher (moderated<br />

by supervisor)<br />

Oral Presentation:<br />

The content should<br />

indicate where and<br />

how the student has<br />

developed in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

the learning<br />

outcomes with<br />

particular reference to<br />

their Special Project.<br />

Written Report: The ~7,500<br />

content should words<br />

indicate where and<br />

how the student has<br />

developed in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

the learning<br />

outcomes with<br />

particular reference to<br />

their Special Project.<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Only in<br />

Exceptional<br />

Circumstances<br />

2 10 Only in<br />

Exceptional<br />

Circumstances<br />

2 30 Only in<br />

Exceptional<br />

Circumstances<br />

2 30 Only in<br />

Exceptional<br />

Circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously. This<br />

mark is from the<br />

individual project log<br />

assessed by the<br />

academic supervisor<br />

and a second<br />

supervisor. If the two<br />

supervisors' marks<br />

differ substantially<br />

then a moderation<br />

process is applied.<br />

N/A This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously. The<br />

teacher’s report on<br />

the student’s<br />

progress will be<br />

assessed by the<br />

academic supervisor<br />

with respect to the<br />

learning criteria <strong>of</strong><br />

the module (in<br />

particular<br />

development <strong>of</strong><br />

transferable skills<br />

and development <strong>of</strong><br />

ability to<br />

communicate<br />

physics effectively).<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously. The<br />

presentation will take<br />

place in front <strong>of</strong> a<br />

group <strong>of</strong> academic<br />

staff and other<br />

students.<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously. It is<br />

marked by the<br />

academic supervisor<br />

and a second<br />

academic supervisor.<br />

The two marks count<br />

equally. This is the<br />

last assessment <strong>of</strong><br />

the student.


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title ADVANCED PRACTICAL PHYSICS (MPHYS)<br />

2. Module Code PHYS478<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr DS Martin Physics David.Martin@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr P Rowlands Physics P.Rowlands@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr A Mehta Physics Mehta@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> PJ Nolan Physics P.J.Nolan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory H.L.Vaughan@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

108 108<br />

18. Non-contact hours 42<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS111 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F303 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To give further training in laboratory techniques, in the use <strong>of</strong> computer packages for modelling and<br />

analysis, and in the use <strong>of</strong> modern instruments<br />

To develop the students' independent judgement in performing physics experiments<br />

To encourage students to research aspects <strong>of</strong> physics complementary to material met in lectures and<br />

tutorials<br />

To consolidate the students ability to produce good quality work against realistic deadlines<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> taking physics data with modern equipment<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> some experimental techniques not met in previous laboratory practice<br />

Improved skills in researching published papers and articles as source materials<br />

Developed a personal responsibility for assuring that data taken is <strong>of</strong> a high quality<br />

Increased skills in data taking and error analysis<br />

Increased skills in reporting experiments and an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the factors needed to produce clear and<br />

complete reports<br />

Improved skills in the time management and organisation <strong>of</strong> their experimental procedures to meet<br />

deadlines<br />

Experience working as an individual and in small groups<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

Students carry out experiments in three 4-week blocks:<br />

Block A Radiation Detection<br />

Introductory group work on the use <strong>of</strong> radiation detectors followed by two <strong>of</strong> four<br />

experiments on samples that have been activated by a source <strong>of</strong> thermal neutrons<br />

Block B X-Ray Diffraction<br />

Group work on computer modelling to simulat x-ray diffraction from crystals followed by<br />

experiments to determine the crystal structures and lattice constants <strong>of</strong> two unknown<br />

materials<br />

Block C Quanta and Waves<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Group work on explanation <strong>of</strong> quantum phenomena followed by two experiments<br />

selected from a pool <strong>of</strong> three<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes


34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Experimental reports<br />

(including 15% for<br />

group work)<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 90 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Laboratory Diary 1 or 2 10 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ADVANCED QUANTUM PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS480<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> PA Butler Physics Peter.Butler@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> M Klein Physics Max.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr JH Vossebeld Physics Vossebel@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

32 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS361 or equivalent<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:


F303 (4)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

F521 (4)<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on Semester 1 module on Quantum Mechanics and Atomic Physics with the intention <strong>of</strong><br />

providing breadth and depth in the understanding <strong>of</strong> the commonly used aspects <strong>of</strong> Quantum<br />

mechanics.<br />

To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the ideas <strong>of</strong> perturbation calculations and <strong>of</strong> Fermi's Golden Rule.<br />

To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the techniques used to describe the scattering <strong>of</strong> particles.<br />

To demonstrate creation and annihilation operators using the harmonic oscillator as an example.<br />

To develop skills which enable numerical calculation <strong>of</strong> real physical quantum problem.<br />

To encourage enquiry into the philosophy <strong>of</strong> quantum theory including its explanation <strong>of</strong> classical<br />

mechanics.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> variational tehcniques.<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> perturbation techniques.<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> transition matrix elements.<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> phase space factors.<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> partial wave techniques.<br />

Ability to compute wave functions and transition probabilities using several s<strong>of</strong>tware packages.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS480 General level <strong>of</strong> treatment that <strong>of</strong> Mandl "Quantum Mechanics". problems classes will<br />

be organised to use computer packages to solve quantum problems (modelling wave<br />

functions etc).<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Operator formalism and Direc notation.<br />

Bound state perturbation theory, non-degenerate and degenrate.<br />

Variational methods.<br />

Time dependent Schrodinger equation.<br />

Time dependent perturbation theory, Fermi's Golden Rule.<br />

Emission and absorption <strong>of</strong> radiation, phase space.<br />

Scattering theory - time dependent approach; potential scattering, Born approximation,<br />

scattering by screened Coulomb potential, electron-atom scattering.<br />

Scattering - time independent approach; scattering amplitude, integral equation,<br />

scattering <strong>of</strong> identical particles, partial waves, phase shifts.<br />

Harmonic Oscillator solved using creation and annihilation operators.<br />

Discussion <strong>of</strong> quantum philosophy, quantum mechanics contains classical mechanics.<br />

"Quantum Mechanics" by F Mandl, published by Wiley<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong> Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes<br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

opportunity submission<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 100 August resit<br />

for PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ACCELERATOR PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS481<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr CP Welsch Physics C.P.Welsch@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr A Wolski Physics A.Wolski@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

14 2 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS370 or equivalent.<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on modules on electricity, magnetism and waves;<br />

To study the functional principle <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> particle accelerators;<br />

To study the generation <strong>of</strong> ion and electron beams;<br />

To study the layout and the design <strong>of</strong> simple ion and electron optics;<br />

To study basic concepts in radio frequency engineering and technology.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the description <strong>of</strong> the motion <strong>of</strong> charged particles in complex electromagnetic fields;<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> accelerators, in which energy range and for which purposes they<br />

are utilised;<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the generation and technical exploitation <strong>of</strong> synchrotron radiation;<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the concept and the necessity <strong>of</strong> beam cooling.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

1 1. Introduction, History <strong>of</strong> Particle Accelerators, Experiments. (1 lecture)<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

2. General Concepts, Introduction to the physics <strong>of</strong> particle sources. Physics <strong>of</strong><br />

plasmas, electron sources, ion sources. (2 lectures)<br />

3. Motion <strong>of</strong> charged particles in electric and magnetic fields, transverse beam<br />

motion, Hill's equation, representation <strong>of</strong> different ion optical elements by a matrix<br />

formalism. (2 lectures)<br />

4. Linear Accelerators: Alvarez and Wideroe structures, the radio frequency<br />

quadrupole. (2 lectures)<br />

5. Rf Cavity Design: Important parameters, field distribution in different cavity types,<br />

mode characterization, visualization <strong>of</strong> fields. (2 lectures)<br />

6. Ring Accelerators: Introduction to the Betatron, Microtron, Cyclotron, and<br />

Synchrotron. (4 lectures)<br />

7. Medical Accelerators: General concepts, benefits, different accelerator concepts.<br />

(2 lectures)<br />

8. Overview <strong>of</strong> accelerator facilities world-wide. (1 lecture)<br />

1. Grant and Philips, Electrodynamics.<br />

2. A. Sessler und E. Wilson, Engines <strong>of</strong> Discovery: A Century <strong>of</strong> Particle Accelerators (Introduction and<br />

History)<br />

3. E. Wilson, An Introduction to Particle Accelerators.<br />

4. S. Y. Lee, Accelerator Physics. World Scientific (1999).<br />

5. H. Wiedemann, Particle Accelerator Physics I & II.<br />

6. CERN Yellow Reports (online resource)<br />

ASSESSMENT


33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 70 August resit<br />

for PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Poster Presentation 1 15 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Assessed Problem<br />

Set<br />

1 15 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title ELEMENTS OF STELLAR DYNAMICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS484<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics external examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr W Maciejewski Physics<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> C Mundell Physics<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

15 3 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 2 <strong>of</strong> a Physics UG programme<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:


Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F303 (3) F521 (3) F521 (4) F303 (4)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To show that there is more to gravity than Newton's law. This will provide the students with a basic<br />

understanding <strong>of</strong> the dynamics <strong>of</strong> systems containing millions and billions <strong>of</strong> point-like gravitating bodies: stars in<br />

stellar clusters and galaxies.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have the ability to<br />

Show how dynamical processes shape the structure <strong>of</strong> galaxies and stellar clusters<br />

Describe the motion <strong>of</strong> stars in stellar systems<br />

Apply orbital analysis to stellar systems<br />

Demonstrate an understanding <strong>of</strong> the implications <strong>of</strong> the continuity equation<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The course material specified in the syllabus will be covered in lectures.<br />

Problems classes will provide students with the opportunity to confirm their understanding <strong>of</strong> the material<br />

covered in the lectures.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Introduction: collisionless and collisional stellar systems<br />

Relaxation time. Describing motion <strong>of</strong> 100 billion stars in a galaxy and 100 thousand<br />

stars in a Globular Cluster.<br />

Stellar orbits in gravitational potentials<br />

Newton's law applied to distributed mass. Newton's theorems for spherical systems.<br />

Potential <strong>of</strong> a disk. Circular velocity. Escape speed. Elements <strong>of</strong> Lagrangian formalism.<br />

Orbits in spherically symmetric, axisymmetric and elongated potentials. Keplerian<br />

potential. Integrals <strong>of</strong> the motion.<br />

Continuity equation applied to an ensemble <strong>of</strong> stars<br />

Phase-space. Distribution function as phase-space density. The collisionless Boltzmann<br />

equation. The Jeans theorem. Isothermal sphere. The Jeans equations. Velocity<br />

ellipsoid. Encounters in collisional systems. Thermodynamics <strong>of</strong> collisional systems:<br />

negative heat capacity. Evolution <strong>of</strong> Globular Clusters.<br />

Essential dynamical aspects <strong>of</strong> elliptical and spiral galaxies.<br />

Tensor virial theorem. Random motions and rotation in elliptical galaxies. Spiral structure<br />

in disc galaxies. Density waves. Stability <strong>of</strong> discs.<br />

Encounters <strong>of</strong> galaxies<br />

Dynamical friction. Violent relaxation. Phase mixing.<br />

Recommended: "Galaxies in the Universe: An Introduction", L.S. Sparke and J.S. Gallagher, III, 2nd edition,<br />

CUP<br />

Optional: "Galactic Dynamics", J. Binney and S. Tremaine, 2nd edition, Princeton <strong>University</strong> Press<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written examination 1.5 hour 1 75 August resit for<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Problems set in<br />

Problems Classes<br />

3 x 1<br />

hours<br />

PGT students only.<br />

Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

1 25 August resit for As university<br />

PGT students only. policy<br />

Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PHYSICS OF THE RADIATIVE UNIVERSE<br />

2. Module Code PHYS485<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics external examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr D Bersier Physics D.Bersier@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr S Kobayashi Physics S.K.Kobayashi@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr C Simpson Physics C.Simpson@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

28 4 4 36<br />

18. Non-contact hours 114<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Completion <strong>of</strong> Year 2 <strong>of</strong> a Physics UG programme<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F521 (4) F303 (4) F521 (3) F303 (3)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

This module will look at some <strong>of</strong> the many ways that matter and radiation interact, in relativistic and nonrelativistic<br />

physical contexts. The aims <strong>of</strong> the module are<br />

To see how physical phenomena can be applied and used to explain the appearance and spectra <strong>of</strong><br />

celestial objects<br />

To provide an astrophysical context for statistical mechanics<br />

To introduce Einstein's A and B coefficients<br />

To introduce collisional excitation coefficients<br />

To demonstrate how emission line ratios inform on physical properties<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have the ability to<br />

Relate observable quantitites to physical conditions and mechanism(s)<br />

Describe and calculate the emergent flux and spectrum for several mechanisms: Bremsstrahlung,<br />

synchrotron and Compton effect<br />

Apply this knowledge to understand the properties and behaviour <strong>of</strong> different objects (active galaxies,<br />

neutron stars, gamma-ray bursts, H II regions)<br />

Describe key astrophysical line ratios<br />

Describe the meaning <strong>of</strong> an ionization parameter<br />

Provide input to and understand the output <strong>of</strong> the computer code CLOUDY<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

Teaching will be delivered in a manner that encourages participation and critical thinking from students. They<br />

will be expected to have read the material in advance. Lecture time will be used to answer students queries,<br />

expand on important concepts and show worked examples. Tutorials will cover students' attempts at problems.<br />

Part <strong>of</strong> the assessment is in the form <strong>of</strong> computer-based exercises using existing s<strong>of</strong>tware (CLOUDY). This<br />

allows the calculation <strong>of</strong> a complete spectrum for various types <strong>of</strong> objects, thereby gaining a much better<br />

understanding <strong>of</strong> the parameters affecting the spectrum. Analytical calculations will be carried out in lectures or<br />

as exercises.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Refresher Radiative transfer equation, blackbody radiation, special relativity,<br />

electrodynamics, statistical mechanics (partition function, Maxwell-Boltzmann<br />

distribution)<br />

Continuum emission Radiation emitted by moving charges; Thomson scattering<br />

Bremsstrahlung radiation; emitted spectrum<br />

Relativistic Doppler effect; aberration; jets in astrophysics<br />

Superluminal motion<br />

Synchrotron radiation; emitted power and spectrum; curvature radiation<br />

Compton scattering and inverse Compton effect<br />

Line emission Einstein A and B coefficients<br />

Collisional excitation and de-excitation<br />

Temperature- and density-sensitive line ratios<br />

Ionisation balance, Saha equation<br />

Stromgren spheres<br />

Detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> emission line spectra using CLOUDY<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Strongly recommended:<br />

H. Bradt: Astrophysics Processes (CUP)


Optional:<br />

D. Osterbrock & G Ferland: Astrophysics <strong>of</strong> gaseous nebulae and Active Galactic Nuclei (2nd ed)<br />

F. Shu: The Physics <strong>of</strong> astrophysics. I. Radiation (<strong>University</strong> science books)<br />

G. Rybicki & A. Lightman: Radiative processes in Astrophysics (Wiley)<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written examination 3 hours 2 80 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Computer modelling<br />

exercises<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

6 hours 2 20 August resit for<br />

PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously. The<br />

duration is nominally<br />

2 x 2 hours in the<br />

computing laboratory<br />

plus 2 hours <strong>of</strong><br />

private study.<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title MODELLING PHYSICAL PHENOMENA<br />

2. Module Code PHYS488<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr JH Vossebeld Physics Vossebel@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr AJ Boston Physics A.J.Boston@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr BT King Physics Barryk@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

7 101 108<br />

18. Non-contact hours 42<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F521 (3) F303 (3)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working independently and in small groups on an original problem.<br />

To give students an opportunity to display the high quality <strong>of</strong> their work.<br />

To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity.<br />

To introduce students to concepts, methods and applicability <strong>of</strong> computational modelling <strong>of</strong> physical<br />

phenomena using the Java language.<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> report writing displaying high standards <strong>of</strong> composition and production.<br />

To give an opportunity for students to display communication skills.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Acquired working knowledge <strong>of</strong> a high level OO programming language.<br />

Experience in researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information.<br />

Set up model <strong>of</strong> physical phenomena or situation.<br />

Experience in testing model against data from experiment or literature.<br />

Improved ability to organise and manage time.<br />

Improved skills in report writing.<br />

Improved skills in explaining project under questioning.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

A project outlined in general by a Supervisor will be assigned to the student by the<br />

Module Organiser, who attempts to choose projects which match each student's<br />

particular interests but cannot guarantee to do so.<br />

The student will attend weekly sessions on programming and related matters as<br />

arranged by the Module Organiser.<br />

Details <strong>of</strong> the project aims will be decided in discussions between the student and the<br />

supervisor.<br />

There will be regular scheduled meetings between the student and the supervisor to<br />

assess progress.<br />

The student will hand in set work as required, which will be marked and used as one<br />

element in assessing students' diligence.<br />

The supervisor will advise the student when to finish and devote all remaining time to<br />

writing the Report and preparing the Presentation.<br />

The Presentation will be given in one <strong>of</strong> the scheduled sessions, normally in Week 11<br />

<strong>of</strong> Semester 2.<br />

The Report will normally be handed in before the end <strong>of</strong> Week 12 <strong>of</strong> Semester 2.<br />

A project diary must be kept and handed in with reports as part <strong>of</strong> the assessment.<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Individual Project<br />

Report (2<br />

Supervisors)<br />

Group Project Report<br />

(2 Second<br />

Academics)<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

2 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Six Weekly Exercises 2 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Oral Presentation 2 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ADVANCED NUCLEAR PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS490<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr M Chartier Physics M.Chartier@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> R Herzberg Physics R.Herzberg@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS375<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on the year 3 modules on Nuclear Physics<br />

To <strong>of</strong>fer an insight into current ideas about the description <strong>of</strong> atomic nuclei and nuclear matter<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> the basic properties <strong>of</strong> nuclear forces and the experimental evidence upon which these<br />

are based<br />

Basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> the factors governing nuclear shapes<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> the origin <strong>of</strong> pairing forces and the effect <strong>of</strong> these and rotational forces on nuclear<br />

behaviour<br />

An overview <strong>of</strong> phenomena observed for exotic nuclei far from the line <strong>of</strong> nuclear stability<br />

Basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> astrophysical nucleosynthesis processes<br />

Basic knowledge <strong>of</strong> phases <strong>of</strong> nuclear matter<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See the Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Nuclear Physics:<br />

Nuclear Physics<br />

Nucleon-Nucleon Force: spin and isospin, general properties <strong>of</strong> force, one pion<br />

exchange potential, the deuteron, range <strong>of</strong> nuclear force<br />

Nuclear Behaviour: mirror nuclei, independent particle model<br />

Forms <strong>of</strong> Mean Potential: square well, harmonic oscillator, spin-orbit coupling,<br />

Woods-Saxon, residual interaction, Hartree-Fock<br />

Nuclear Deformation: geometric descriptoins, Nilsson model, large deformations<br />

Hybrid Models: deformed liquid drop, Strutinsky method, fission isomers<br />

Nuclear Excitations: spherical nuclei, vibrations, rotations <strong>of</strong> a deformed system<br />

Rotating Systems: moment <strong>of</strong> inertia, cranking model, backbending<br />

Nuclei at Extremes <strong>of</strong> Spin: high lx bands, high K bands, superdeformation,<br />

shape coexistence<br />

Nuclei at Extremes <strong>of</strong> Isospin: N=Z nuclei, exotic nuclei, dripline nuclei,<br />

superheavies, halo nuclei<br />

Nuclear Astrophysics: elemental abundances, origin <strong>of</strong> the elements<br />

Phases <strong>of</strong> nuclear matter<br />

"Introductory Nuclear Physics" K S Krane, published by John Wiley & Sons<br />

Further Reading:<br />

"Basic Ideas and Concepts in Nuclear Physics" K Heyde, published by IOP<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2 2 100 August resit<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes


34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

hours for PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title RESEARCH SKILLS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS491<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr TG Shears Physics Tara.Shears@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> M Klein Physics Max.Klein@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Classes<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> C Collins Physics<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 12 6 75<br />

93<br />

Hours<br />

Group Project<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:


26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To help students acquire or improve some <strong>of</strong> the skills useful to the pr<strong>of</strong>essional physicist. Skills covered<br />

include:<br />

Planning research projects, performing literature searches, experimental design<br />

Statistical anlysis <strong>of</strong> data<br />

Communication with clients and with research collaborators<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Wide knowledge <strong>of</strong> probability distributions<br />

Skilful use <strong>of</strong> estimators<br />

Ability to apply statistical tests to hypotheses<br />

Understand least squares techniques for parameter evaluation<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> obtaining information, evaluating relevance and writing a scientific case<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> collaborative efforts to satisfy a clients requirements<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

By applying statistical methods in realistic problem environments the students become familiar with modern<br />

research methods. They practive the writing <strong>of</strong> Scientific Reports. Group work teaches them how to function<br />

effectively in a team.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Statistical Analysis <strong>of</strong> Data<br />

(Note that students will cover some or all <strong>of</strong> the following, depending on background<br />

qualifications)<br />

Key Skills<br />

Project<br />

"Statistics" by R J Barlow, published by Wiley<br />

Describing the data, histograms, moments, variance, covariance<br />

Theoretical distributions, binomial, Poisson, Gaussian, Chi-squared<br />

Errors, accuracy, precision, central limit theorem, systematic errors<br />

Estimation, liklihood functions, consistency, bias, efficiency<br />

Least squares method, straight line fit, parameter evaluation<br />

Hypothesis testing, meaning <strong>of</strong> probability, confidence, significance, goodness <strong>of</strong><br />

fit<br />

Report writing and presentation<br />

The project is an exercise in working within a group structure to devise and report on<br />

a solution to a simulated problem. The solution will require the application <strong>of</strong> physics<br />

Groups will be <strong>of</strong> three or four students with an academic observer. Formal meetings<br />

will be held to discuss approaches to the problem, assigning <strong>of</strong> individual tasks and coordinating<br />

the writing <strong>of</strong> the report.<br />

The report will be assessed to give the same mark to each student but there will be<br />

individual oral interviews on the project which will produce an additional individual<br />

mark.<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Statistics Examples<br />

Class<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Statistics Class Test 1 hour 1 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Project Group Report 1 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Project Individual<br />

Student Interview<br />

1 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title ADVANCED PARTICLE PHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS493<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> TJV Bowcock Physics Themis.Bowcock@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> JB Dainton Physics Jbd@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on the Year 3 module PHYS377 Particle Physics<br />

To give the student a deeper understanding <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model <strong>of</strong> Particle Physics and the basic<br />

extensions<br />

To review the detectors and accelerator technology available to investigate the questions posed by the<br />

Standard Model and its extensions<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model and its extensions. This will be placed in context <strong>of</strong> the<br />

understanding <strong>of</strong> the origin <strong>of</strong> the universe, its properties and its physical laws<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> how present and future detector and accelerator technology will be applied to<br />

investigate the development <strong>of</strong> the Standard Model<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS493 Feynman graphs<br />

Spontaneous symmetry breaking and the Higgs mechanism<br />

CP violation in the Standard Model<br />

Neutrino Masses Mixing<br />

Supersymmetry<br />

Quantum Gravity and the Brane World<br />

AstroParticle Phenomenology<br />

Introduction to Modern Experimental Techniques<br />

Current and Future detectors<br />

Accelerator Technology<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Particle Physics: Due to the rapidly changing nature <strong>of</strong> the subject this section will be based around a set <strong>of</strong><br />

course notes<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 100 August resit<br />

for PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Notes


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title COMPUTATIONAL ASTROPHYSICS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS494<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Second Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr S Kobayashi Physics S.K.Kobayashi@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> C Collins Physics<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Practical<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

17. Contact 11 25 33 2<br />

71<br />

Hours<br />

class test<br />

18. Non-contact hours 79<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

At ARI, LJMU, Birkenhead<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F521 (4)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To give students an understanding <strong>of</strong> Programming Basics<br />

To provide students with practical experience <strong>of</strong> using computational techniques extensively employed by<br />

researchers in the physical sciences<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

The ability to describe and discuss numerical modelings<br />

A familiarity with a programming language used by research astronomers and its application in a research<br />

context<br />

Practical experience <strong>of</strong> numerical used by scientists in analysis <strong>of</strong> theoretical problems and experimental<br />

data<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The physical principles <strong>of</strong> an practical approach to specific problems in astrophysics are explained in lectures,<br />

and then related computational mini-projects are given to the students. A 2hr class test on programming and<br />

application <strong>of</strong> numerical methods will provide an assessment on an individual basis, balancing the element <strong>of</strong><br />

group working inherent in the project elements <strong>of</strong> the course.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

A series <strong>of</strong> lectures describing an astrophysical problem and the numerical techniques<br />

that can be used to address it, followed by a practical session in which students will use<br />

computers to carry out a mini-projects designed to accompany the lectures. Assessment<br />

comprises written reports on the projects, and a class test to assess understanding <strong>of</strong><br />

the background astrophysics, and <strong>of</strong> the computational methods employed.<br />

The elements covered will be drawn from a variety <strong>of</strong> observational and theoretical<br />

topics and will focus on numerical modelings and analysis.<br />

Example topics include:<br />

N-body simulations <strong>of</strong> self-gravitating systems<br />

Numerical Hydrodynamics<br />

Key references and hand-out notes will be provided by the lecturer<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Five assignments 2 70 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Class test 2 hours 2 30 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title THE INTERSTELLAR MEDIUM<br />

2. Module Code PHYS495<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr T Moore Physics T.Moore1@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr D Bersier Physics D.Bersier@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Tutorials/Seminars<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

24 24<br />

18. Non-contact hours 126<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Year 3 MPhys Astrophysics<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F521 (4)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build upon the student's appreciation <strong>of</strong> the role which the interstellar medium (ISM) plays in topics as<br />

stellar evolution (star-forming regions to supernova remnants) and galaxy evolution<br />

To provide a firm physical framework for this appreciation by investigating in detail the mechanisms which<br />

govern the structure and appearance <strong>of</strong> the ISM<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

An understanding <strong>of</strong> the structure and evolution <strong>of</strong> the ISM and the relationship between its various<br />

components<br />

The ability to list the various types <strong>of</strong> observable phenomena and relate them to the structure <strong>of</strong> the<br />

various phases <strong>of</strong> the ISM and the physical process at work<br />

Knowledge <strong>of</strong> how observation, specifically spectroscopy, allows astronomers to understand the physical<br />

conditions and chemical content <strong>of</strong> the ISM and thereby construct models <strong>of</strong> the interstellar medium and<br />

its relationship to the formation and evolution <strong>of</strong> stars and galaxies<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The module will be taught by directed reading and problem-solving. Students will be expected to read a section<br />

<strong>of</strong> a textbook and attempt a set <strong>of</strong> problems every week. The content and problems will be reviewed at weekly<br />

tutorial sessions. Traditional combination <strong>of</strong> lectures and tutorials. Practice in problem-solving by problem sheets<br />

and tutorials. A set <strong>of</strong> assessed problem-solving exercises on the physics <strong>of</strong> the ISM (to take approximately 15<br />

hours <strong>of</strong> non-contact study time).<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

Review <strong>of</strong> Radiation Processes and Spectral Line emission<br />

Spectral line formation. The interaction <strong>of</strong> a radiation field with matter. Radiative transfer<br />

Physical Conditions in the ISM<br />

The structure and phases <strong>of</strong> the Galactic interstellar medium. Photoionisation and<br />

recombination in a pure hydrogen cloud (the HII region). The effects <strong>of</strong> including helium<br />

and heavier elements. Energy balance and thermal equilibrium. Free-free radiation.<br />

Collisionally excited emission lines, permitted and forbidden. Recombination lines.<br />

Continuum emission processes. Molecular emission, lines<br />

Spectral Diagnostics<br />

Determination <strong>of</strong> electron temperatures and densities from atomic spectral line and<br />

continuum measurements. Determination <strong>of</strong> elemental abundances. Tracers <strong>of</strong> dense<br />

molecular gas; mass measurements<br />

Scattering and Polarisation<br />

Introduction to theory and application <strong>of</strong> scattering <strong>of</strong> light by small particles. Polarisation<br />

by scattering and dichroic absorption in reflection nebulae<br />

Dust and Molecular Clouds<br />

Formation and destruction <strong>of</strong> dust. Observable diagnostics. Formation <strong>of</strong> molecules on<br />

dust grains. Heating and cooling <strong>of</strong> molecular clouds. Molecular emission lines.<br />

Structure, dynamics, mechanical support and energy balance <strong>of</strong> molecular clouds.<br />

Magnetic fields, ambipolar diffusion, graviational contraction, star formation.<br />

Introduction to Gas Dynamics<br />

Sound waves and Alfven waves. Adiabatic and radiative shock waves. Expansion <strong>of</strong>


32. Recommended Texts<br />

ionised regions. Stellar winds. Supernova remnants<br />

"The Physics <strong>of</strong> the Interstellar Medium" by J E Dyson & D A Williams, published by IOP<br />

Background Reading<br />

"Physical Processes in the Interstellar Medium" L Spitzer, Wiley<br />

"Astrophysics <strong>of</strong> Gaseous Nebulae and Active Galactic Nuclei" Osterbrock, <strong>University</strong> Science Books<br />

"The Physics <strong>of</strong> Astrophysics" vols I & II, F Shu, <strong>University</strong> Science Books<br />

"The Dusty Universe" A Evans, Ellis Horwood<br />

"Accretion Processes in Star Formation" L Hartmann, CUP<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Examination 3 hours 1 70 August resit for<br />

PGT students only.<br />

Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Written Assignment 1 30 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the end <strong>of</strong><br />

the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the module.<br />

1. Module Title COMMUNICATION OF ASTROPHYSICAL IDEAS<br />

2. Module Code PHYS496<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 15<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> C Mundell Physics<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr S Kobayashi Physics S.K.Kobayashi@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

48 24 72<br />

18. Non-contact hours 78<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 150<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

Students must attend 5 first-semester<br />

research seminars and all first<br />

semester journal clubs. Note that<br />

seminars are scheduled on<br />

Wednesday afternoon<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

Year 3 MPhys Astrophysics<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25.


25.<br />

Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F521 (4)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To develop the ability <strong>of</strong> the student to communicate results and ideas in astrophysics at a range <strong>of</strong><br />

technical levels, dealing with the objective criticism <strong>of</strong> existing articles, videos, papers and lecture/semiar<br />

presentations, as well as the creation <strong>of</strong> new material<br />

To help students bridge the gap between understanding undergraduate texts and dissecting a journal<br />

paper, while at the same time emphasising the importance <strong>of</strong> being able to communicate ideas concisely<br />

and clearly at a simpler level<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

The ability to criticise objectively and constructively attempt to communicate astrophysical ideas at levels<br />

ranging from a local newspaper to research semiinars and papers<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> the qualities required to successfully explain astronomical ideas in contexts ranging<br />

from undergraduate teaching to research seminars<br />

Been able to create their own articles, observing-time applications, journal-club discussions, tutorial<br />

exercises, etc., building on the experience gained during the module<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

The module will run throughout the year, so that students can attend the Astrophysics seminar and journal club<br />

series, formally supported by one-hour tutorials every week. In addition to the student-centred elements <strong>of</strong> the<br />

module, students will be required to attend astrophysics research seminars given by invited speakers from other<br />

universities and take part in journal clubs, including their own leading <strong>of</strong> a discussion <strong>of</strong> a recent paper.<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

PHYS496 The module will run throughout the year, formally supported by hour-long tutorials every<br />

week. During this period, in addition to the student-centred elements <strong>of</strong> the module,<br />

students will be required to attend astrophysics research seminars given by invited<br />

speakers from other universities, take part in journal clubs, including their own leading <strong>of</strong><br />

a discussion <strong>of</strong> a recent paper and observe staff members in an undergraduate teaching<br />

role.<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

The syllabus will comprise:<br />

Criticism <strong>of</strong> the popular and technical communication <strong>of</strong> astrophysics in: newspaper<br />

reports; articles in New Scientist; Scientific American; Physics Today; telescope time<br />

proposals and grant proposals in general; short television interviews; videos designed for<br />

both public information and education; research seminars and public lectures; a recent<br />

research paper from a refereed journal; writing and production <strong>of</strong>, for example, newpaper<br />

reports; popular articles; posters; television and radio interviews; telescope proposals;<br />

undergraduate laboratory and tutorial exercises; seminars and lectures<br />

Popular science magazines (e.g. New Scientists, Physics Today, Scientific American), popular astronomy<br />

magazines (e.g. Astronomy Now, Sky & Telescope), newspapers (The Independent, the <strong>Liverpool</strong> Echo), TV<br />

programmes (e.g. Horizon, Equinox, Open <strong>University</strong>), research journals (e.g. Nature, Monthly Notices <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Royal Astronomical Society, The Astrophysical Journal)<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

mark<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Journal Club Notes 1 or 2 15 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Journal Club<br />

Presentation<br />

1 or 2 25 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Seminar Notes 1 or 2 10 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Telescope Time<br />

Allocation Committee<br />

Telescope Time<br />

Proposal<br />

1 or 2 15 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

1 or 2 20 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Popular Article 1 or 2 15 Only in exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked anonymously


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title MAGNETIC STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION<br />

2. Module Code PHYS497<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> WA H<strong>of</strong>er Chemistry Wh<strong>of</strong>er@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr HR Sharma Physics H.R.Sharma@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

16 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

PHYS363<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To build on the third year modules Condensed Matter Physics<br />

To develop an understanding <strong>of</strong> the phenomena and fundamental mechanisms <strong>of</strong> magnetism in<br />

condensed matter<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> the quantum origin <strong>of</strong> the magnetism and magnetic moments<br />

An introduction to the Weiss molecular field theory <strong>of</strong> ferromagnetism<br />

A basic understanding <strong>of</strong> spin waves in ordered magnets<br />

An introduction to the techniques <strong>of</strong> neutron scattering and magnetic x-ray scattering<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> simple magnetic structures and magnetic excitations<br />

An introduction to new magnetic materials<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

"Magnetism - Principles and Applications" by D Craik<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing % <strong>of</strong><br />

(Semester) final<br />

mark<br />

Atomic structure basis for atomic magnetic moments in solids<br />

Definition <strong>of</strong> Magnetisation, magnetic susceptibility, diamagnetism,<br />

paramagnetism, Brillouin function<br />

Magnetic moments <strong>of</strong> Rare Earth ions, Transition metal ions<br />

Crystal field, quenching <strong>of</strong> orbital angular momentum in transition metal ions,<br />

Jahn-Teller effect<br />

Magnetic ordering, Mean Field Theory, M vs T curve, critical exponents<br />

Mechanisms <strong>of</strong> magnetic interaction, exchange interaction, direct exchange,<br />

superexchange, RKKY interaction<br />

Magnetic Anisotropy, magnetic structures<br />

Magnetic excitations, magnons<br />

Magnetometry, VSM, SQUID magnetometers<br />

Neutron diffraction, magnetic resonant x-ray diffraction<br />

Mossbauer spectroscopy<br />

New materials - magnetic multilayers<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 100 August resit<br />

for PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes<br />

Penalty for late Notes<br />

submission


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title PROJECT (MPHYS)<br />

2. Module Code PHYS498<br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester Whole Session<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 30<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong> CA Lucas Physics Clucas@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Dr L Moran Physics Lynn.Moran@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Project<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Dr SD Barrett Physics S.D.Barrett@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

1 161 162<br />

18. Non-contact hours 138<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 300<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To give students experience <strong>of</strong> working independently on an original problem<br />

To give students an opportunity to be involved in scientific research<br />

To encourage learning, understanding and application <strong>of</strong> a particular physics subject<br />

To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity<br />

To improve students ability to keep daily records <strong>of</strong> the work in hand and its outcomes<br />

To develop students' competence in scientific communication, both in oral and written form<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> participation in planning all aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

Experience researching literature and other sources <strong>of</strong> relevant information<br />

Experience <strong>of</strong> the practical nature <strong>of</strong> physics<br />

Improved practical and technical skills to carrying out physics investigations<br />

An ability to organise and manage time<br />

An ability to plan, execute and report on the results <strong>of</strong> an investigation<br />

Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations<br />

An appreciation <strong>of</strong> a selected are <strong>of</strong> current physics research<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

None<br />

None.<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Project and Report<br />

(Supervisor)<br />

Project Report<br />

(Second Academic)<br />

Poster Presentation 180<br />

minutes<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

2 50 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

2 30 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

2 20 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible


MODULE SPECIFICATION<br />

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time <strong>of</strong> publication but may be subject to<br />

change, either during the session because <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances, or following review <strong>of</strong> the module at the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member <strong>of</strong> staff with responsibility for the<br />

module.<br />

1. Module Title NANOSCALE PHYSICS AND TECHNOLOGY<br />

2. Module Code PHYS<strong>499</strong><br />

3. Year 201112<br />

4. Originating<br />

Department<br />

Physics<br />

5. Faculty Fac <strong>of</strong> Science & Engineering<br />

6. Semester First Semester<br />

7. Credit Level M Level<br />

8. Credit Value 7.5<br />

9. External Examiner Physics External Examiner<br />

10. Member <strong>of</strong> staff with<br />

responsibility for the<br />

module<br />

Dr VR Dhanak Physics V.R.Dhanak@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

11. Module Moderator Pr<strong>of</strong> WA H<strong>of</strong>er Chemistry Wh<strong>of</strong>er@liverpool.ac.uk<br />

12. Other Contributing<br />

Departments<br />

13. Other Staff Teaching<br />

on this Module<br />

14. Board <strong>of</strong> Studies Physics<br />

15. Mode <strong>of</strong> Delivery Lectures/Tutorials<br />

16. Location Main <strong>Liverpool</strong> City Campus<br />

17. Contact<br />

Hours<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL<br />

14 2 2 18<br />

18. Non-contact hours 57<br />

19. TOTAL HOURS 75<br />

20. Timetable<br />

(if known)<br />

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other<br />

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):<br />

None<br />

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:<br />

None<br />

23. Co-requisite modules:<br />

None<br />

24. Linked Modules:<br />

25. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:<br />

26. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:<br />

27. Programme(s) (including Year <strong>of</strong> Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:<br />

28. Aims<br />

F303 (4) F521 (4)<br />

MODULE DESCRIPTION<br />

To introduce the emerging fields <strong>of</strong> nanoscale physics and nanotechnology<br />

To describe experimental techniques for probing physical properties <strong>of</strong> nanostructured materials<br />

To describe the novel size-dependent electronic, optical, magnetic and chemical properties <strong>of</strong><br />

nanoscale materials<br />

To describe several `hot topics' in nanoscience research<br />

To develop students' problem-solving, investigative, communication and analytic skills through<br />

appropriate assignments.<br />

29. Learning Outcomes<br />

At the end <strong>of</strong> the module the student should have:<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> how and why nanoscale systems form<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> how nanoscale systems may be probed experimentally<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> the physics <strong>of</strong> nanoscale systems<br />

Understanding <strong>of</strong> the potential applications <strong>of</strong> nanoscale systems in nanotechnology<br />

Enhanced problem-solving, investigative, communication and analytic skills developed through<br />

appropriate assignments.<br />

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies<br />

See Department <strong>of</strong> Physics Undergraduate Handbook<br />

31. Syllabus<br />

32. Recommended Texts<br />

Introduction and formation <strong>of</strong> nanostructures<br />

Moore's law, Top-down vs bottom-up approaches to building nanostructures<br />

Nanolithography. Self-assembly <strong>of</strong> nanostructures. Atomic and molecular<br />

manipulation<br />

Techniques for probing nanostructures<br />

STM and AFM, Photoemission, Photoluminescence, magnetic techniques<br />

Novel properties <strong>of</strong> nanostructures<br />

Electronic properties: quantum dots, quantum wires and quantum wells<br />

Optical properties: plasmon resonances, luminescence<br />

Magnetic properties<br />

`Tuning' <strong>of</strong> size-selected properties<br />

Some hot topics in nanoscale science, e.g.<br />

Magnetic nanoclusters and spintronics<br />

Carbon-based nanomaterials (fullerenes and nanotubes) and molecular<br />

electronics<br />

Aperiodic nanosystems<br />

None available. References will be given to articles in research journals and popular science magazines.<br />

33. EXAM Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

ASSESSMENT<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

Notes


Written Examination 1 1/2<br />

hours<br />

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing<br />

(Semester)<br />

Literature Project<br />

Report<br />

Two Semester<br />

Reports<br />

1 70 August resit<br />

for PGT students<br />

only. Yr3 and Yr4<br />

students resit at<br />

the next normal<br />

opportunity.<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

final<br />

mark<br />

Resit/resubmission<br />

opportunity<br />

1 15 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

1 10 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Oral Presentation 1 5 Only in<br />

exceptional<br />

circumstances<br />

Penalty for late<br />

submission<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

As university<br />

policy<br />

N/A as<br />

assessment is<br />

timetabled<br />

Notes<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

This work is not<br />

marked<br />

anonymously<br />

Anonymous marking<br />

impossible

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!